Text

Questionnaire for Nuclear Regulatory Commission Reliability Study of Standby Diesel Generator Units
	ML18283B550
Person / Time
Site:	Browns Ferry
Issue date:	01/24/1978
From:	; Tennessee Valley Authority
To:	; Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
	Download: ML18283B550 (739)
	v • d • e

guestfonnaire

~@qb for-NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION RELIABILITY STUDY of Standby Diesel Generator Units Date guestionnaire Completed:

-=p]ant Name Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Unit Wo. 1, 2 and 3

.SieSel ManufaCturer: General Ho<<rs - END MOdel: 20-645E4 lumber of Units: 8 Full Size Kw/Unit: Rated Speed: 900 RPM AVerage Operating HOurS Per Unit tO Date:. Supplemental Report Item DIESEL GENERATOR STATUS

N. ~En ine:

Problems are caused chiefly by (give estimated number)

a. Defective parts 10%

b. 'nstallation errors: 10%

c. Failure of system to respond properly in function or sequence: 10%

d. Faulty adjustment: 70%

.2. Would more stringent inspection and testing requirements during acceptance or preoperational tests significantly improve the diesel-generator power plant performance?

Yes No

.B. !!i.!!! <<(! 1! h! 1):

1

~ 'ir Air-to-cylinder cranking motor Electric cranking.

cranking motor X Mfr.

Mfr.

Iiodel No.

Nodel No.

ojz Wd g) ~~~yzs 90CRSt@.gag gr g z.1<

Control

<-~~ ~< ofgocameeh 4'ate RECTORY DONG FKK

~ v ~

~ ~

/(

h 4

J derris;"<, nfl~> ...,h fgd~ff~iQ g...q 9Ã ~32"Ji Cl>V:,"i"j.",

w2M

2. If air cranking, then:

Give size of starting air tank: Length 6-1/2'iameter 2-1/2'ormal 5

standby air tank pressure 200 psi.

1s pressure reducer used? Yes Ho educer pipe 'size'? 'nches.,

~,Starting air control admission valve pipe size in air

..piping system, l-l/2 inches.

~ ~ Appx'oximately

~

minimum air tank pressure for enqine cranking l75 psi. Alarm set:point:

l65 psi.

-"Number of five-second cranking oeriods between above

...;yressur es wi th no tank recharginq kfumber of air tanks per engine

. Can starting air tanks serve more than one engine?

.Yes go x s air pipe to engine from top of air tank? Yes Wo x

=-:Does starting air tank have water condensate drain?

'Yes ~ Ho Goes starting air pipe have water condensate trap and

-;drain near engine? Yes X Ro

'Is starting air piping horizontal? Yes X Ho 4oes it slant toward drain? Yes No X

'If water condensate drains are provided, then is draining:

a.'utomatic through Manual by hand valve?

float valve? Yes Yes z No No ~

c. If-manual, then is draining water condensate done:

~ s

0 daily?

weekly?

nonthly? x before each start if manual?

no procedure?

Is dirt and rust filter provided in starting air pipe?

.YeS Np X Strainer is rovided.

3f provided, where installed? Immediatel before air startin valve to engine gpw is it cleaned? Opening of strainer blow off valve.

. =Cow often and when?

Wive pipe size of filter: l-V2" inches.

-Bow is itStarting known whether filter is plugged failure or has high oressure

-~2 rop?

Is starting air pipe to engine positioned:

Below floor?

On. the floor?

Overhead? X

.4hat is air pressure drop from air tank to engine during cranking 14-22 psi

'Give approximate length (nearest t n feet) of starting air

pipe for individual engine or all engines from air tank

~ 40:

a. Nearest engine 5o feet

-b. Furthest engine~ feet

4 Diameter of starting air pipe from:

a. Air tank to starting valve 1-1/2inches

b. At air starting valve l-l/2 inches

c. At engine 1"1/2 inches Mhat is the primary source of power for the starting air

..system? ComPressors driven by both A-C and D-C mot.ors z.ese ux. Boards

., Js there a duplicate and redundant motor and air compressor set? Yes ~ No

%hat is the time required to recharge one air tank?

minutes from lou air press-ure point

=Soes starting air suoply system have independent

.. secondary power supply for compressor'? Yes z No

~

Zf yes, then by:

Gasoline engine?

5. Hotor driven? X

.w.. 9ther? (Speci fyj

-3. If electric (Battery powered) cranking, then:

Battery charging: Continuous trickle charger Intermittent charging

.Zf so, how is charging requirement determined?

~

r ime cycle Test Othe r

'h. Battery used: Common P'lant Individual Unit

- Other Starting cable

-Oongest) size; Length: Battery to engine

'p

,0

~ ~ ~

'r

~FI G!!E: !!!

~ E

! ~ T ! OAT k Does the bulk tank to day tank fuel supply system (viz:

pump, motor, etc.) have redundant independent power

!supplies? Yes No x 3oes this system have a hand-operated emergency fuel

'--pump? Yes Ho x N/A If yes, is this hand-operated pump and oiping in immediate

-.operating condi tion? Yes Ho

-2. Is there a water and sediment drain from the very bottom ef the:

.,e. Bulk tank? Yes x No Day tank? Yes x Ho

,3~ Zs the reqular functional fuel oil outlet slightly above

~ ~

--'4two to three inches) the bottom of the:

~ 's I

~ "'f Sulk tank? Yes x Ho

5. Day or integral tank'? Yes x Ho Is bottom of day tank and/or intearal tank above all

@arts and piping of the enqine fuel injection systems'?

. =Yes No

-'Xf yes,

'-Give approximate amount inches N/A feet Does the engine fuel system have a fuel bleed return

--line to the fuel day tank and/or integral .tank?

Yes x Ho

-'-Suring extended operation, such as more than two to three

-.hours, does the fuel in the day tank become: (yes or~n Marm?

b; Hot? (above 130'F)

C. Room temperature X

What is fuel oil return line size (nominal).

e. Pipe size ~1-1 cinches

b. Tubing size inches

6. Do engine fuel oil filters have air bleed or vent valves readily accessible? Yes No x 4

7. How is fuel transferred from day tank to engine fuel system?

a. Sy gravity y

b. Engine driven pump x

c. Electric motor driven pump x

d. Is a manual pump also provided for injection system filling and/or air venting after servicing or replacement of parts in the fuel injection system? Yes No x N/A If yes, is the manual pump in immediate operating condition.

Yes No

'I ye

8. Type of fuel (e.g., 01, P2, 83, JP-4, etc.) 82 71,000/tank (2 tanks) outside

9. Approximate bulk tank capacity, W gallons.

Day tank = 550 gal/diesel 39 000 gal/diesel (7 day tanks)

10. Typical frequency of refilling {weekly, monthly, etc.) UN ll. Typical refill (gallons), UN II. ~IB 11 I 1 ~ Lube oil s ~ '

Shell - Tornus 40 Type,- Atlantic Richfield - Gascon GL Supreme

~

b. ViscesSity AE 10-50 C. SpeCifiCatiOn numOer See attachment

d. Oil change determined by:

Time interval: Yes x No Give interval yearlv monthly, yearly By 11 I II

.2. Lube oil filters are:

a. Full flow X

b. Bypass

c. Combination

3. Interval and/or basis for changing filter cartridge:

Monthly X ~

.4. Year ly

.u. By running t>me hours.

-d. By oil analysis. Yes X Wo

~

e. By pressure drop. Yes No X

f. Does provisions exist for changing cartridges during engine operation? Y. s No (supplemental Report)

-.4. Oil Pressure Monitoring 4>>

b.

.c>>

Normal operating pressure Alarm 20 psi ond 44 psi Shutdown NA psi

~

100-117 psi

'Oil temperature control:

4>> By standby heater in engine sump 145 'F..

-b. Heating means for maintaininq standby temperature:

4irect in oil

.Oil-to-water heat exchanger X

-Other (Specify}

E. Coolin S stem - En ine Mater sl >> -Temperature control by.

-By thermostat in water? Yes X No If yes, then:

'Bypass thermostat'? Yes X No

.Throttle thermostat'? Yes No

' ~

<<8- ~

NIA b. By radiator shutter: '

Automatic

~

Other (give type)

.2. Corrosion control (water adoitivel? Yes x Ho

.2f yes, give chemical additive or name of compound.

Inhibitor Corrosion Resist.

. Proportion or concentration control:

By additive measurement? Yes X No

.h. By water coo'lant analysis? Yes x Ho

3. Engine cooling water cooled by:

Radiator?

.b. Heat exchanger from sea, river or other water'?'

c. Other's { give type)

Engine cooling water temperature-monitoring LCl 0 Standby temperature ~ ?5 'F Normal operating t mperavure 19O "v 165 'F Cm Alarm tempera ure Sh d Mater circulation during standby:

"Thermo-syphon

-:5. Mater Pressure Monitoring: Yes No e; Al arm

h. Shutdown

c. Both

'.'ater s

. temperature Sensor Posi tion:

a. In piping from engine x

b. In engine piping C. In engine direct 7 Water surge or supply tank in system. 'Yes X No Jf yes, then bottom connected to:

.-.a. Mater pump suction? Yes x No Top of system? Yes No X

-Both of above? Yes No x.

.d. Is bottom of surge tank above top of 'engine "

Yes Ho x 'system?

Does engine have constant air bleed from top of engine water piping to surge or supply tank'?

-Yes X Ho

-f. Give size of bleed or vent line, 4 inches.

g. Hanual air bleed only? Yes NNo I Governor - eed Control

~5 S

ffanu facturer Woodward Electric (speea sensina) e ec. governor contro1 box

',Wydraul ic EGB-10 actuator TYP LSB-1D,

."Automatic load sharing? Yes X !!o.

Is compensation or stability control and/or speed of

- -response manually adjustable? Yes X No Xf yes, adiusted by:

Eye and ear?

. b. Test and specification?

c. Other? (Specify)

2. Engine - generator normal shutdown or stopping means and method.

Is the engine stopped:

a. manually? Yes .X No If yes, then: ~ ~

Directly at engine? Yes X No

.Through local control. panel ? Yes X No Automatically through the controls in the control

,room? Yes X No

c. By setting governor to "fuel-off" position?

Yes No x By over-ride of governor settings and control

. position directly to fuel injection pumps?

Yes X No e.. Other means. Describe briefly.

Mhen engine is stopped, is fuel control in:

a..Full fuel or maximum fuel oosition?

Fu'll off or no fuel position? Yes Intermedi ate?

Random?

]If usual.)

not consistent and typical in above, then give

%he

<hen starting from +l e standby condition after shutdown for at least 24 hours, give number of seconds. from start-to-crank to full fuel or maximum fuel position or governor and fuel control, N/A seconds.

Engine govex'no~~~tioned. at full fuel. flow

G. Governor - Overspeed (shutdown) '1 I ~

1. Speed sensing? \ I Electcr'cal x b.

rate Flyball y. - ovecepeea

c. Other (Specify)

Fuel shutoff force generated by (supplemental Report)

~ e Spring?

Air?

Co Hydraulic' '1 Electrical? 'I 80 Other? (Speci~fy

3. -Overspeed sensing setting? (in terms of full speed) 115% x

3) ~ 110K Other~Speci fy )

Is overspeed tripping set point tested periodically?

.1.

Yes cfy X

Generator No I I i~1fr.

f '.efy (GM)

Electromotive DiAodel No.

Iy. I'I A20 a

Single bearing or two oearinos? X "

4oes generator have aamper windings? Yes x No fault or difficulty?

. 2. Goes Yes 'o generator have any obvious X

-'-.Is problem reoetitive? Yes No X If yes, then describe briefly.

Exciter and Voltage Regulator

l. Exciter Manufacturer: Basler Model H/A Type: Rotating Static X If rota ting dri ve? Di rect Belt or Chain DC with field control

....Brushless with rectifier

. 2. Vyltage Regulator: Manufacturer Hadal 90-49000100 Type: !Iechanical Static x

~

3. Are paralleled units of automatic load sharing control of fully automatic

~

l type? Yes X No If yes, has any obvious influence or interrelationship

keen noted between the stabi1ity and resoonse time of

the engine governor and the stability and voltage control

>>of the generators'? Yes X Ro

44. Have engine governor and voltage regulator/exciter a

.adjustments been made on the site or under any con-

-.ditions since any of the units have been placed in

-...service? Yes X Ilo s-'Xf yes; by means of what tests and what standards? .

Give name or very brief description. 'endor instructions and tests or I

uidance from vendor re resentatives If any difficulties have occurred, give approximate

<umber of problems.

Iy Conpohents

h. Mi:ring

c. Other (damage in service or dropping oF miscellaneous

-:hardware into switchboard, etc.) z (Design wiring problem affecting voltage regulation)

-)3-tP> f rr J. Parallelin : En ine-Generator Units'.

Do all units consistently have the proper voltage output?

Yes x No

2. Do all units automatically share both the "real" or in-phase load and also the reactive load reasonably well? Yes x No

3. At the same Kw load, are both the field and the armature line currents of the several units consistently close vs to the same value'? Yes x No s " .rr-r a

If no, approximate percent difference.

4. Synchronizinq N/A a. In automatic synchronizing do circuit breakers close immediately after reachinq full synchronous speed?

Yes No

b. If "no" above then, does speed of some units drift slowly while failing to synchronize and close circuit breakers? m How many seconds?

Occasionally Always Never K. Switch Gear and Electrical Controls (other than exciter/

voltage regulator 1 ~ If any difficulties have occurred, then give approximate number of problems.

a. Components

b. Miring

c. Other (damage in service or dropping of miscellaneous hardware into switchboard, etc.)

d. Design concept faults. That is, does the switch gear and its controls perform the proper functions

. and in proper sequence and timing.

'ash DXFFXCULTIES:

1 - false failure 1 - speed sensing relay failure 1 - broken stud on circuit breaker 1 >> loose Wire

, gl

-l4-

2. a. Do the on-site diesel generator units and related support equipment have any storage battery power systems for any service whatsoever? Yes X No

b. 1dentify each storage battery power system associated with the on-site diesel generator unit and its function. Units 1 and 2 C and D Unit 3 - Exide; each diesel has 125V DC battery

c. Does each system identified above adequately fulfill the service requirements for which it is intended?

Yes X No If no, briefly describe.

d. ls there a DG battery maintenance program? Yes X No L. Safet Shut downs Give safety shut down settings compared to equilibrium operating conditions.

l. Engine and generator speed. Give rpm or hertz:

a. Synchronous and usual 90o rpm or Hz

b. II 4

2. Engine cooling water (see E.4) a.

b.

C.

Equilibrium Alarm Shut down

~

165 F

'F

'F None

3. Lube oil pressure (see D.4)

a. Equilibrium 100 psi

b. Alarm >d pSi and aa pst

c. Shut down psi mous

-15<<

4. Lube oil temperature

~Fl30

(

'r,2 .a. Equilibrium 'F

~~ b. Al are ll""""

(s C Shutdown F None st

(

5. Indicate all other protective interlocks (give name

.and;) Field Zeilore 2) Loss os field eroirerioo 3) Reverse po((er s is'g s

)))) Voltage/Current. restraint relay 5) Differential relay

() -Usual or proper condition

/

(s sr

~v ,4. Shutdown condition N

-6. a. Mhat source of power is provided to operate alarms s

and shutdown controls? (See 6-2) 125V atte system

b Do the generator units automatically shutdown in case of the electrical power loss to its control

-system? Yes No z M. Emer enc or Alert Conditions

l. Are all safety shutdown and safety interlocks bypassed

-Curing emergency conditions?. Yes 'Jo z

'2. If "no" above, then whicn are not bypassed. Name items.

Differential generator trip, failure of field to flash, overspeed trip vs js

3. For each interlock not bypassed is coincident logic

--used? Yes Mo X \

?(/Alf )(es, is it testable'? Yes No i

N. Maintenance e

I Does plant have regularly scheduled maintenance pro-cedures? Y'es

\

/

If so, return copy of these procedures-. with questionnaire.

MMI 30 SI 4.9.A.l.a EMI 3 SI 4.9.A.leb d

SI 4.9.A.l.d

2. When need for minor adjustments obviously exists, then:

a. Is remedial action taken immediately or at earliest practical opportunity? Yes X No

b. Is remedial action taken only at periodic prescheduled or programmed times and conditions? Yes No X

c. For belt performance record which of'above appears better:

... immediateor early action?

as scheduled only?

d. Must permission for minor maintenace be obtained from some higher out-of-plant authority? Yes No

e. Is maintenance referred to above allowed and encouraged?

Yes X Wo

f. In periodic surveillance tests, simulated alert standby tests, etc., is the criteria "pass/not pass" the test used? Yes X Ho Is there a conscious continuing policy to detect and remedy marginal conditions or imminent trouble: for examples: lube oil pressure shutdown only two to five psi below operating pressure or, perhaps overspeed governor setting only one or two percent above starting speed surge or etc.? Yes X No

h. Are efforts to remedy marginal or questionable conditions as mentioned above encouraged by plant management'?

Yes " Wo

i. Are remedial steps on items similar to the above taken or allowed when the unit has started and operated satisfactorily wi thin specified limits or conditions?

Yes Ho

0. Star'tin Conditions

1. Give starting or necessary cranking time as experienced.

10

~

a. Starting time per specification seconds

b. Usual starting time 6 seconds

c. Maximum starting time observed 8 seconds

~ a v) ~

~ ((

R. Give usual time intervals as follows: 'I a, Time from start-to-crank to first firing of any cylinder. z seconds approximacely

'h. Time from start-to-crank to approximate full firing rs of all cylinders. <5 to 7 seconds

.3. Give maximum speed surge when starting; use both tachometer

-.and frequency meter if possible, Usual condlblons rpm Supplementary check to be made iX Hz possible Haximum observed rpm Hz

4. During a surveillance test, give time from start-to-crank to when steady synchronous speed is attained and maintained.

a.. Usual 5 tc 7 seconds

-b. Haxlmummm seconds

. -c. As specified lo seconds.

5. Give briefly the most troublesome problems in starting.

Air relay valves stick I

~ .re .4>> HOSt troublesome I

.'>> Next to most tr oubl esome Corrosion comin out c f air tanks ~

i~

Us a J P, Air Cleaner or Air Filter - Combustion Ai'r st

'P.

Combustion air source: taken fron engine roon'or insi'de

~

.5 l[~ the building, or ircn outdoors?

[

e. Indoors

[ b. Outdoors x 5

~

v<<

+\

-lS-

2. Give type and make of air cleaners or air filters:

'I

a. Oil bath X Hake coil ty e P-Model D

b. Oil wetted screen Hake

c. Paper Hake

d. Other Wake s~ Precleaner: Yes Mo t

3. Excessive air flow restriction and servicing need .

t4etermined by?

s~

Instrument suck as:

-manometer

.4.

If other give type Persona) judgement by appearance, etc.

c. Sy smoking exhaust Time schedule

~.

. e. Other (Specify)

-'.4. Are climatic extremes normally experienced such as:

I'i) Air heavily loaded with water mist , h i gh humi di ty

..Cm

.and low temperature?

Blowing sand ar:d dust'? Yes Blowing snow (blizzards)? Yes Other-Name Yes Mo o~~

llo Mo

.'5.:. Are climatic extremes potentially possible such as:

Air heavily loaded with water mist,'high humidity and low temperature'! Yes x Mo Blowing sand and aust? Yes Mo x

- rem Blowing srow (blizzards)? Yes llo x Other-Name Q. Tem erature Conditions Ambient outside hottest 98 'F.

Ie

.'2. Ambient outside coldest 0

3. Engine-generator room hottest 85 F.

ze

-4. Engine-generator room col dest 50 'f.

't L

'S. InsMe switch gear hottest 90 P

6. Supplemental Report Ttem

~ tu LaL

7. Supplem'ental Report Xtem

~ '"' << 'YAwem<<<<,m L. w L <<<<<<<<<<<<g,~<<< ~'<<eiL<<<<<<

i >.~.

ll n=,j* qq,(gg,1

-19>>

I g. 0 erator'(}ualifications (as presently exists, and suggested s IA minimums if different s <sN ~

1. Minimum education required (check)
~Exi stin ~Su ested
~, pf
'e . ~
~
,a. High School X
b. Trade School Technical School e
s 'd.C. No minimum Minimum Years of operating experience {diesel electric generator) a Existina Suquested
a. 0-3
.b. 3-6.
.c. 6-10 .
-d. 10-15
3. Operator training
~Exfstin S uquex te d
,a. Military
b. 1ndustri al
c. On-the-job ls
d. Combination of a, b, and c ('indicate which)
Licensing r equired Existina ~Su nested s
a. .State
b. 'Federal
c. Utility or self
d. None e.
~ ....... ~
t ... 'ate('.<t.S: o' u 'r> ~ 'S d I Xs~eji >.,S >' s.'i >~S ~~;'. S<<
sl J
Adra~mmamam??aaasmjaJedugumam
. S. Are any fore?on gases such as propane, freon, halon, carbon dioxide, etc. storeo in the: Diesel Enqine room Mo x or adjacent buildings? Yes x Mo
?'es If yes, (other than hand portable fire extinguishers), then identify gases and give approximate tank size.
~ Tons
~
-.Xases Volume (A )
Liquid CO - Ul and 2 17 tons Liquid CO - U3 6 tons
Does control system automatically bypass, in emergency
starting, any engine temporarily out of service for
.-maintenance? Yes ??o'
.If yes, then how many failures to bypass have occured?
.U. Does the control system automatically override the test
.mode under emergency conditions? Yes x Mo V. Have repetitive mechanical failures occurred in any comoonent oart
":or subsystem of the engine, g nerator, or switch gear., etc.?
-Yes x No
.If yes, then which part or subsystem? Air stuart motor sysLem
.".How many fail ures? UN
.-'.Give nature of failure. Foreign material in air-start. system gets in valves and air start motor vanes.
M. Mould periodic (yearly or other) evaluation and/or testing
-by "outside experts" contribute significantly to the diesel-
.generator reliability? Yes Mo
"-Give brief reasons for the answer..Me have developed-a good maintenance pxogram with traine personne . en ors M
are con ac e upon nee asx.s.
Give the accumulated tine-load operating record for each diesel-generator unit from installation to the present v
rs
.(Running Hours):
Preopera ti onal test Date Supplemental report data exists.
if Engine Surv. Testinq 8 Emerqency : Tota1
Serial tlo.: Haintenance Hrs. and Other : Hours
~
~ *,
~
c No Load : Loaded Service Hrs. :
tjv
.e
~ ~
0 Surveillance test load (percent of continuous rating) 30 Give the projected or olanned time-load ooeration for tenach diesel-generator unit during the next 12 months. - Approximate Surveil lance
-=t1aintenance 6:
Hrs. : ,
E:-:,ergency and other Total Hours t ~
Service Hrs. :
13 18
4. Provide the following surimary of the periodic surveillance testing experience:
"OZ ancC'2 - 1/28/73
>>onto@'l
a.. Starting date of surveillance testing (OL date) U3
b. Periodic test interval C. Total number of surveillance tests oerformed U3 - 113
- ll/21/75 and 2 - 262 Total number or test failures (See Abnormal Occurrence Reports)
%allure to start ~ 'failure to accept 'load 0
"nn l .fi1 . d
'failure due to equinnent not ueinq operative durinq emerqencY condi tii ons 0 Supply a copy'of the surveillance test procedures with this completed questionnaire. - (attached)
S Addi tional Comments
~. I.
Y . General Suggestions "Briefly give constructive criticism or suggestions as to improvement in reliability of the diesel generators. These
.remarks may cover tests, maintenance, practices, orders, "policy, adjustments,'tc.
0 ~ ~
M.l. 1752 +kiev. E ELECTRO-MOTIVE DIVISION 'ENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION
......,., AJAIÃTZNANCZIr'DESTRUCT:-QiN LUBRICATINGOIL SPEC/FICATIQNS DlESEL Ei46iNE AND GOVERNOR- END AND COED The necessity for correctly lubricating the moving parts of any piece of apparatus is so apparent that further comment should be unnecessary. This instruction is therefore confined to listing specifications for particular lubricants which we have learned from experience are best suited to the application.
tE>>>>j DIESEL ENGINE OIL QUALITY It should be recognized that the only real measure of quality in a lubricating oil,is its actual performance in the diesel engine. This is so because of the impossibility of establishing limits on all physical or chemicalproperties of oils which can affect their performance in the engine.
The responsibility for recommending and consistently furnishing a suitable heavy-duty oil must rest with the individual oil supplier..
OIL TYPE An SAE 840 heavy-duty additive type lubricating oil, which conforms to the following specifications, should be used in all engine applications.
Physical Properties ASTM Designation Limits Saybolt Universal D88.or D446 r
1. Seconds at 100'. 1350 Maximum 2;Seconds at 210'. 70 Minimum 85 Maximum
'iscosity Index D567 ,35 Minimum 75 Maximum Flash Point, ': ',.',D92 420'inimum Fire Point, D92 475'inimum
.-=Pour Point, '; D97 40'aximum Zinc 10 ppm Maximum r
The oil should be a heavy-duty additive type having a high resistance to oxidation, a low tendency toward the formation of carbon deposits, and shall be noncorrosive,to silver metal at 285'. The silver corrosion evaluation should be made according to EMD laboratory test method WL.O. 201 (latest revision).
~This bulletin is revised and supersedes previous issues of this number.
r DE-LMPR-1 November, 1968
~ ~
M.1. 1752 We strongly recommend that zinc dithiophosphate or similar additives not be present in the engine lubricating oil. Oils containing more than 10 ppm zinc are considered excessively contam inated with zinc dithiophosphate additive and should not be used since they may not satisfactorily lubricate the reciprocating bearings used in these engines.
MDZNG OP OII S Our recommendation against mixing different kinds or brands of heavy-duty oils is
~antially supported by numerous recorded cases where various mixtures of in-coxnpatible oils were detrimental to engine operation. Unfortunately, expensive failures or abnormally high wear rates caused by incompatible oil mixtures cannot be predicted
'y laboratory procedures.
Tbe mixture of oils usually results in a lubricant that: is less stable than any of its constituents. Sludge and lacquer formation caused by this instability results in exces-sive wear and in shorter oil and filter life.
Ordinary laboratory techniques cannot be used to analyze samples of lube oil mixtures because it is impossible to establish a starting base line condition against which to measure the level cf oil deterioration. As aresult, problems caused by. unsatisfactory 1ubrtcation.are difficult to diamose when using an oil mixture.
OIL'HANGES I Engines intended for export, marine, industrial, or other special installations me often treated with rust preventive material which'eed not be removed. Oil meeting the specifications given should be used when placing the units in service. This oil should be changed and the lubricating system maintained as specified in the applicable Scheduled Maintenance Program. Laboratory analysis may dictate oil changes at shorter intervals than those specified in the Scheduled Maintenance Program.
The oil change intervals pre'scribed in the applicable Scheduled Maintenance Program are based on average operating conditions. YVhen oil change intervals are extended, serious and costly engine problems usually result. This occurs when the heavy-duty lubricating oil loses its detergent-dispersant properties, allowing partially oxidiied oQ and other contaminants to form deposits in the engine.
I Replacing old oil with a fresh charge of heavy-duty oil in a contaminated engine will result in the new oil pickingup some of these deposits and rapidly losing its detergency and dispersancy. KVith the oil losing these properties quickly, and with continued opera-tion, the deposits will become progressively worse and w01 ultimately lead to serious engine problems.
Laboratory analysis should not be used as the only guide to the condition of a lubricating oil. Of equal importance is the condition of the engine, which could be poor even though the oil appears satisfactory. Both engine and oil condition should be considered when attempting to arrive at oil change intervals'beyond those recommended.
M,I, 1752 FILTER CHANGES Oil filter element replacements should bemade as specified in the applicable Scheduled Maintenance Program, unless a laboratory lube oil analysis dictates earlier replace-.
ment.
Where highly dispersant oils are employed, carbonaceous mattermay be suspended so finely in the oil that it is essentially unfilterable. In such situations, it might appear that an extension of the filter element replacement,interval would be practical. Caution be exercised when contemplatingsuchaction. Filtermaterials have not yet been 'hould developed to tolerate prolonged exposure to lube oil without deterioration and possible disintegration of the filter elements.
OIL DILUTION Engines, found to have lubricating oil diluted with fuel oil should be serviced in the following manner:
1. Prom 0 to 3% dilution Within this range there is generally no need for concern or corrective action.
2. Prom 3% to 5% dilution Engine operation may continue until the next scheduled shutdown, provided total dQution does not exceed 5%. However, repairs should be made as soon as practical.
3. Above 5% dilution When dilution exceeds 5%, the engine should be removed from service untQ the fuel
)eak is repaired and the oil is changed.
GOVERNOR An SAE 20W-40 oil which will meet American Petroleum Institute (A.P.I.} Engine Performance Evaluation DG or MS is recommended for -all governor applications.
I The oil selected should conform to.the following specifications:
Properties Minimum Maximum . Typical.
Viscosity, ASTM D88* or D2161*
at0' 25,000 20,000 at 210' 71.0 75.0 73,0 Viscosity Index, ASTM D567* 125 132
~Latest Revision 3 Litho tia U.S.A.
C
)I '!
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROGANS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT I
MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION 30 DIESEL AIR STARTING SYSTEM PIPING, VALVES, ACCUMJLATORS; COMPRESSORS AND AIR MOTORS (INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR)
UNITS 1 AND 2 OR 3 (Do not implement this procedure until revised to include an isolation-tag out-equipment alignment section, and it has been approved by the plant superintendent.)
Approved:
lant Superintendent Date: May 27, 1976 General Revision
0:
Page 1 BF MMI 30 5(27/76 TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY I BROWNS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION 30 DIESEL AIR STARTING SYSTEM PIPING, VALVES, ACCUMULATORS, COMPRESSORS AND AIR MOTORS (INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR) cirrose The purpose of this maintenance'nstruction is to provide guidance, necessary information and data to be utilized in the mechanical maintenance program for the diesel generating unit starting 'air system. Every effort should be made to schedule and perform this work during the annual SI 4.9.A.l.d performance.
References
l. Electro-Motive Division, General Motors Corp.", 645E4 Engine Manual
2. Electro-Motive Division, General Motors Corp., Operating Manual 999 System Generating Plant.
3~ Electro-Motive Division, General Motors Corp., Special Tool Manual.
4 Surveillance Instruction 4.9.A.l.d.
5~ Technical Specification 3 GAB-2.
Tools Re uired Regular machinist hand tools.
One socket set 1/4" to 1-1/8" (3/8" square drive).
One set allen wrenches Limitations One diesel generator unit may remain inoperable for.a period not to exceed
r Page 2 BF MMI 30 5(27/76 Limitations (Continued) seven consecutive days provided the other three diesel generators, both 161<<kV lines,'oth common station transformers, and all of the CS, RHR (LPCI and Containment Cooling) systems are operable (Ref. Tech Spec 3.9.B-2). If this requirement cannot be met, ag orderly shutdown shall be initiated and both reactors shall be shutdown and in the cold condition within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months .
Prere uisites
l. Obtain "Hold order" from shift engineer and permission to perform the work.
2. Before any work on air system components, i.e., air line strainers, aiz line lubricators, air relay valve, solenoid valve or accumulators have necessary hold tags and the system depressurized.
Work to be Performed (See attached pages from EMD Engine Manual for general information)
A. Start Motor Maintenance Each starting air motor will be replaced with a rebuilt air motor or disassembled, cleaned and reassembled. Complete data sheets MMI 30-1,
'ection A upon the completion of the inspection. See EMD Engine Manual, Section 13, page 22, for disassembly and reassembly.
B. Air Line Strainer The aiz line strainer screen is to be checked and cleaned during the inspection of the unit. After inspection, complete data sheet MMI 30-1, Section B.
Page 3 BF MMI 30
, 5(27/76 Work To Be Performed (Continued)
C. Air Line Lubricator Check the oil level and add oil as required. Also check unit for leaks, damaged or worn gaskets or packing. Complete data sheet MMI 30-1, Section C after inspection. See EMD Engine Manual, Section 13, page 25.
D. Air Relay Valve The valve should be inspected during the diesel air start motor operability test MMI 30-2 for air leaks, and tightness of all connections. Anytime the valve is not shutting off the main air supply properly, the valve should be disassembled and the seat removed and cleaned. After inspection record results on the data sheet MMI 30-1, Section D. See EMD Engine Manual, Sec-tion 13, page 28, for detailed instruction of disassembly.
E. Solenoid Valve WARNING: Before performing any maintenance on the solenoid valve, make sure the electrical power and air pressure have been turned off.
Inspect and clean the solenoid valve, record results on the data sheet MMI 30-1, Section E. For detail instructions on the disassembly and assembly of the valve see EMD Engine Manual, section 13, page 27.
F. Accumulators Visually inspect externally and drain the accumulators (5 per air starting system). Also, visually inspect the relief valves on the accumulators for external damage. Record the results of the inspections on the data sheet MMI 30-1, Section F.
G. Air Compressors Inspect the compressors for damage to compressor components, leaks, condition of air intake filter. Compressor disassembly is not required. After'n-spection record results on data sheet MMI 30-1, section G. See
0 I,
Page 4 BF &ME 30 5/27/76 Work To Be Performed (Continued.)
G. Air Compressors (Continued) operating manual page 208 for airI compressor information.
H. Piping and Valves Inspect components for damage, leaks and. in the case of valves the packing should be inspected. for total take up of the foU.ower and repacked. as required.. Record. the results of the inspection on data sheet MMX 30-1, Section H.
Post Maintenance Checkout
1. Check oil levels, and, fillas required.
2. Check to ascertain that aL1 piping has been reconnected.
3. Releas'e "Hold" tags with the shift engineer. Perform a diesel air start motor operability test specified. on page MMX 30-2.
4. Any component of the diesel generating unit air starting system that has had. maintenance performed on the system must be checked. out for operationa1
'readiness.
~
5. Complete the data sheets (KQ 30-1 and, 30-2).
6. If the air start system performs satisfactory notify the shift engineer
.that maintenance is completed.
J
)
0
Page, 5 BF MMI 30,;
5(27/76 TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROWNS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT DATA SHEET MMI 30-1 DIESEL AIR STARTING SYSTEM PIPING, VALVE, ACCUMULATORS, COMPRESSORS AND AIR MOTORS INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE REPORT
'NOTE: The left bank and the number one bank are the same.
The right bank and the number two bank are the same.
Section A - Air Startin Motors Diesel Unit Bank Top Motor Bottom Motor Motor Inspection Satisfactory: yes No Motor Disassembled: Yes No General Description of Maintenance Performed and Condition of Motor Section B - Air Line Strainer Diesel Unit Bank Strainer Cleaned Replaced COMMENTS:
gl ly 1
I' I
Page 6 BF MY.'i 30 5(27(76 Data Sheet MMI 30-1 (Continued)
Section C Air Line Lubricator Diesel Unit Air Line Lubricator Inspection Satisfactory: Yes Ho Oil Level Satisfactory: Yes Ho , Added Oil: Yes Ho COMMENTS:
Section D Air Rela Valve Diesel Bank t Valve Inspection Satisfactory:
Valve Disassembled: Yes Yes Ho Ho General Description of Maintenance Performed and Condition of Valve:
Section E Solenoid Valve Diesel Valve Inspection Satisfactory: Yes Ho Valve Cleaned Satisfactory: Yes Ho Valve Disassembled: Yes Ho
'C Page 7 BF. ~I. 30,;
S(27y76 Data Sheet MMI 30-1 (Continued)
Section E - Solenoid Valve (Continued)
General Description of Maintenance Performed and Condition of Valve:
Section F - Accumulators Diesel Bank Accumulators Drained Satisfactory: Yes No Accumulators Inspection Satisfactory: Yes No COMMENTS:
Section G - Air Com ressor No. 1 Diesel Air Compressor Inspection Satisfactory: Yes No
'Air Intake Filter Changed: Yes No General Description of Maintenance Performed and Condition of Compressor:
1
~,1
Page BF MNI 30 5/27(76 Data Sheet MMI 30-1 (Continued)
Section G - Air Com ressor - No. 2 Diesel Air Compressor Inspection Satisfactory: Yes No Air Intake Filter Changed: Yes No General Description of Maintenance Performed and Condition of Compressor:
Section H - Pi in and Valves Diesel Pipe and Valves Inspection Satisfactory: Yes No General Description of Maintenance Performed and Condition of Pipe and Valves:
COMMENTS:
~ '
Page 9 BF MMI 30 5/27/76 Data Sheet MMI 30-1 (Continued)
Trouble Report No.
A royal Si atures Person Performing Checks Date Person Performing Checks , Date Person Performing Checks Date Foreman Date Maintenance Supervisor Date
. ~
'I>
j.-
ID 0:
Page 10 BF i~ME 30 5/27/76 TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROWSES FERRY VtJCLEAR PLANT POST MAINTENANCE DATA SHEET KG 30-2 DIESEL AIR START MOTOR OPERABILITY TEST a/G Verified By Date: Initials / Date To test the left bank or number one .bank starters, the following steps should be followed:
1. Turn start selector switch to position 1
2. Turn start circuit breaker W OFF.
3 ~ Give D/G A an auto start.
4. Verify Mat D/G A starts without a start failure alarm.
5. Stop diesel.
To test the right bank or number two bank starters, the follo~g steps should be followed.
1. Turn start selector switch to position 2.
2. Turn start circuit breaker 7<3. OFF.
3. Give D/G A an auto start.
Verify that D/G A starts without a Start Failure a1arm.
5. Stop diesel.
Use same test for all diesels.
A oval Si atures Maintenance Inspector Date Maintenance Supervisor Date
I
'I 0'
Page BF IiHI 30 Section 13 5/27/76 I ensure freedom of movement for the en- relay valve and into the flexible hose gaging pinion. assembly attached to each air starting motor. The multivane. motors drive thc After;the Bendix drive (25) has been pinion gears, rotating the ring gear, and installed on the drive shaft(26), install the cranking the engine.
housing (20) with bolts and lockwashers (16). Be careful not to damage bushing Unless both pinion gears are engaged, (22) when installing housing. the system is designed so that no attempt can be made to start the engine with one
....DU.-L A)R SD'RTIMG motor. There is also a shut-off valve in
~
NO7CP. SYST: EM the system which is manually operated.
'ESKS,)PT/Oi~!
When maintenance is being performed, the shut-off valve is closed to prevent
'The complete air startin..".ystem consists inadvertent cranking of the engine.
-..-- =of..tv.'~."hair startir.", mc

:~.~:, Fig. 13-15, ll
,:.=;....~ir -iad.:~; straine:..", sd',;...,:~id valve, air, STARTING MOTOR relay valve, check valve, shut-off valve, and a starting control valve. DESCRIPTION When the starting control valve button is The engine air starting motor, Fig. 13-16, depressed, the solenoid valve is energized, is a multivane type motor consisting of a allowing air from the tanks to pass through rotor, which is supported at each end by the solenoid valve to the pinion gear end ball bearings, a planetary gear train, and
-'"--"ef.<he axver starting mo'.".'. The entry of a Bendix drive. Air striking-vanes which air moves the pinion gear forward to en- slide in the rotor, c'auses the rotor pinion gage with the engine ring gear. Movement to rotate and turn the Bendixdrive through of the pinion gear uncovers aport-allowing a set of planetary gears. The clutchdrive air pressure to be released to the upper pinion gear meshes with the engine ring starting motor'which, in turn, engages its gear and cranks the engine.
pinion gear with the ring gear. Bothpinion MAINTENANCE gears being engaged, the air is released from the uncovered .port in the upper The air starting motor requires very little motor; In addition to maintaining gear, maintenance other than lubrication. Any engagement,.the air opens the air relay noticeable loss. of power can usually'e valve, releasing the main starting air sup- attributed to worn or 'amaged vanes.
ply. Siartfng air yhsses'through the air Rapid wear of the vanes is usually caused
'l (h ~
~ - ~ ts 'u
'I - -~ =" l ~
Ih r
h hh t
~Lrr ~
I
~ r r . ~ ~IL i~ 141 30 Fig. 13-15 Dual Air Starting System 13-21
P 0
e.
)
'V I'
~ Section l3 Page 12 BF IXI 30.
2$ 21 29 5t/27(76, l2 QI3 ll li 10 1S 2l 30 30 0 tl ts t" \
xJ i w <<v+cl~ 15702
'",:~- .:.-:."< r t.'oto; Housingroov'r Assembly i'ar Case Gasket 36. 'Piston Assembly 2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
cger'.Vi Housing Cover 2nd Plug Oil Drain Plug (2)
Oil Adjusting Screw (2)
Oiler Felt (2)
Motor Housing Cover Cap Screw (4) 2(3; 'Rotor Pinion Spacer
21. Rotor Pinion
22. Rotor Pinion Retainer 23.
24.
Gear Case Planet Gear Frame 36A. Piston Ring
37. Shift Ring
38. Shift Ring Retainer
39. Shift Ring Spacer
40. Piston Return Spring
7. Cover Cap Screw Lockwasher (4) 25. Planet Gear Assembly (3) 41. Return Spring Seat
8. Oil Filter Plug 26. Planet Gear Bearing (3) 42. Bendix Starter Drive
9. Rear Rotor Bearing 27. Planet Gear Shaft 43. 3/8" Mounting Bolt Lockwasher (3)
10. Rear Rotor Bearing Retainer 28. Planet Gear Frame Thrust Ring 44. 3/8" Mounting Bolt Bushmg (3)
11. Rear End Plate 29. Planet Gear Fraine Bearing 45. Drive Housing Asscmbty 012. Cylinder ;t0. Planet Gear Fraine Retaining Ring 46. Drive Housing Bushing
"" "'l3.'Cyht dei'Uowvt ,s.
st, Gear Case Cover Assembly 47. Bushing Oiler 14, Vane (5) 32. Gear Case Cover Seal 48. Bushing Oiler Plug
15. Rotor 33. Piston Seal . 49. Air Strainer Assembly
16. Front End Plate 34. Drive Housing Cap Screw (12) 50. Air Strainer Cap
17. Front Rotor Bearing 35. Drive Housing Cap Screw 51. Air Strainer Plug
18. Motor Housing Lockwasher 52. AirStrainer Screen t
Fig. 13-16 Air Starting Meter P
by inadequate lubrication or the presence of rust, MOTOR REMOVAL
scale, dirt, excessive moisture, or other foreign
'matter in'he air supply. New vanes can be easily, 1..Disconnect air supply and.exhaust lines.
and quickly'installed by disassembling the motor as described. in subsequent paragraphs. 2. Remove three bolts securing the motor and drive 'ssembly to the motor mounting D ~,
L'UBRICATION . bracket.
3'
""rl'Before.yuttm" "new air moior ii<<u'peration, 3. Remove starting motor and drive assembly.
pour about two'easpoonfuls of engine oil into.
. the air inlet so that it will be carried into the MOTOR DISASSEMBL'Y multivanc motor with thc live air. Before storage (Refer to Fig. 13-16)
or lay up, the motor should be fully lubricated
'ith a light oil containing a rust inhibitor. 1:Using a prick punch, mark adjacent spots on the motor housin ~ cover (1), motor housing (18), gear case (23), gear case cover (31); and.
. -Rcmove,. iitc oil filler plug, (O','Fig. 13-16, drive housing (45) so these members will be..
eekly, and fill thc oil reservoir 'll'. thc motor in thc salllc relative position when thc nlotor,
~ '~Dosing cover with SAE 201V ntvtor oil for Is asselllbled.
temperatures above 30'. or 10IIV nlotor oil for lower tenlper:itores. Using thc sainc oil as above, 2. Unscrew Hnd renlovc (hc motor housing cover
.'...remove the bushing oiler plug, (48) Fig. 3-16, c;lp screws (6),;iud poll 'ht'. Illo(or housing front the drive housing aiid I'ill. cover (1) l'roio the inotor lloosiiig (18).
'4
~
Fcbrtt;try, 1972
It 1
0 I
rage xa BF %II 30 5/27/76 Section 13
3. Slide the motor housing off the motor 14. Lift the piston from the assembly, assembly. freeing the shift ring spacer (39) and the two halves of thc shift ring (37).
4. Pull the multivane motor from the gear case (23). 15. Grasp the planet gear fr'arne (24) and pull it along with the gear case cover (31) 'nd all attached parts from the
5. Position the motor assembly verti- gear case (23).
cally, grasping the rotor pinion (21) in copper covered vise jaws. Using a DISASSEMBLY OF GEARS pair of bearing retainer pliers, re- (Refer to Fig. 13-16) move the rear rotor bearing retainer 1. Using snap ring pliers, remove planet (10) being careful not to distort the gear frame bearing retaining ring retainer any more than necessary. from the external groove in the planet gear frame bearing (29) .
6. Remove the rear rotor bearing (9), 2. Lift the gear case cover assembly(31) rear end plate (11) and cylinder (12). from the planet gear frame bearing (29).
7. Position the rotor (15) vertically, pinion end up and grasp the bottom 3. Using snap ring pliers, remove planet hub in copper covered vise jaws. Re- gear frame retaining ring (30) from move the rotor pinion retainer (22) the planet gear frame (24).
with a screwdriver, being careful 4. Using bearing pullers, remove planet not to distort the retainer any more gear frame bearing (29) from the
=-.=;. -
than necessary. planet gear frame.
8. Remove the pinion (21) from the rotor 5. Lift planet gear frame thrust ring(28) hub. from the planet gear frame (24) .
9.Support the front end plate (16) as 6. Press out planet gear shaft (27) and close to the rotor (15) as possible remove planet gear assembly (25)
-and press the rotor hub from the from planet gear frame (24).
c"..
front rotor bearing (17), freeing the an 7. Press the planet gear bearing (26)
. front end plate. Do not let the rotor from the planet gear assembly (25) if new bearings are to be installed.
I'1.
'h V ~
10. Unscrew and remove the drive housing cap screws (34).
Remove the drive housing (45) from the gear case cover (31).
MOTOR ASSEMBLY (Refer to Fig. 13-16)
1. Install the front end plate (16), with the side stamped "108M-11" out, over the splined hub on the rotor (15).
'2. Lift the drive assembly (42) with all
2. Press the front rotor bearing (17) of its attached parts from the planet onto the rotor hub as far as possible gear frame (24).
without binding the end plate against the rotor face.
13. Using a pair of needle-nose pliers, kent remove the shift ring retainer (38) 3. Slip the rotor pinion (21) onto the from the internal groove in the pis- splined hub and install the rotor pin-ton (36). io'n retainer (22) on the hub so that February, 1972 23-23
L O.
S P
P
~ ~
rage t.u BF MMI 30 Soction 13 5/27/76 tho concave face of the retainer is cylinder dowel passes through the toward tho pinion. small hole in the gasket, and the large hole is aligned with the proper air
4. Hold the rotor vertically and grasp port in the end plate.
the rotor pinion with copper-covered 10. Align the air port in the motor housing vise jaws; Insert a vane (14) into cover (1) with that in the gasket, and each vane slot in the rotor. place the cover on the motor assembly, I
being certain that the protruding end
5. Place the cylinder (12) over the rotor of the dowel enters the cover dowel and onto the end plate,so that the holes.
dowel hole and air ports are in the correct relative position as shown 11. Install the four motor housing cover in Fig. 13-17. cap screws (6) andtightenthemfinger-tight, then tighten each one a little at
6. Place the rear end plate (11), with the a time to atorque value of 20-25ft-lbs.
side stamped "10BN-12" up, over the rotor hub and against the cylinder. ASSEMBLY OF PLANET GEARS (Refer to Fig. 13-16)
1. Press one planet gearbearing(26) into 00 00 each planet gear assembly (25).
00 2. Install each planet gear assembly (25) into the planet gear frame (24) and then press a planet gear shaft (27) 00 Dowel Hole into each planet gear assembly.
3. Install planet gear frame thrust ring (28) in place on the collar of the planet For "RH" Models
) 4689 gear frame. Then slide the planet Fig. 13-17 Dowel Hole And gear frame bearing (29) over the small Air Port Alignment end of the planet gear frame and tap it down flush against the planet gear
7. Remove the assembly from the vise frame thrust ring.
and push the rear rotor bearing (9), 4. Snap the planet gear frame retaining with shielded side first, onto the short ring (30) into the groove in the planet hub of the rotor until it contacts the gear frame to hold the planet gear end plate. Install the rear rotorbear- bearing in place.
ing retainer (10) in the groove in the short hub of the rotor. 5. Install the gear case cover assembly (31) over the planet gear bearing and
~
8. Align the dowel holes in the cylinder snap 'the planet gear frame-bearing (12) and end plates (ll and 16) and retaining ring in place in the external inse'rt the cylinder dowel (13) until it groove in the bearing.
is fiush with the face of the front end ASSEMBLY OF PISTON, BENDIX plate (16) STARTER DRIVE, AND PLANET GEAR, FRAME Place the motor housing cover gasket (8) on the i'ace of the rear end plato l. Align the bolt holes in the gear case (11) so that the protruding ond of the cover;(23) and thc mating holes in the
~ '
Section 13 Page 15 motor housing (18) and install and AIR LINE STRAINER BF 'xiHE 30 tighten the bolts. 5/27/76 DESCRIPTION
2. Install the planet gear assembly pre-viously assembled into the gear case The air. line strainer, Fig. 13-18, is a (23). Y-shaped cast iron housing containing a cylindrical m o ne l mesh screen. Thc
3. Insert the shift ring (37), shift ring strainer is located before the air valve spacer (39) and shift ring retainer in the system. One end of the screen (38) into the small end of the piston fits into a recess in the diagonal wall of (36) . the strainer body and the other end is I
held in position by a bolted end cap. This 4.Insert the piston assembly (36) into strainer effectively removes impurities the gear case cover assembly (31) from the air being piped to the air starting making sure the piston seal (33) and system.
piston ring (36A) are in place. I
~g ~ w~ a~
5. Install the Bendix starter d'rive (42),
~ piston return spring (40) and return spring seat (41) over the gear frame
'haft, then place the drive housing assembly (45) over the drive assem-bly and install and tighten the drive housing cap screws (34).
I 30 I 2 MOl OR INSTALLATION Fig. 13-18 Air Strainer
1. Install each starting motor and drive assembly in position on the mounting MAINTENANCE bracket.
The only type of maintenance required
2. Install three bolts to secure each on the strainer is to check the condition motor to the mounting bracket. of the screen periodically and clean if required. The frequency of these inspec-
3. Connect air supply and exhaust lines. tions will be determined by the conditions under which the equipment has been operating..
UNATTACHED. ACCESSGRIES The air line'ubricator, strainer, air AIR LINE LUBRICATOR (I6-Cyl.)
starting valve, solenoid valve, shutoff valve, and air relay valve are compo- DESCRIPTION nents of the engine air starting system.
When components arc not used in single . The air line lubricator,"Fig. 13-19, located
. and dual systems, the engine application bebveen the air starting valve and the is specified. The following descriptions starting motor, emits an oil-air mist into are intended to be typical and not neces- the starting s ys t e m air to provide lubri-sarily applicablc to all cnginc installations. cation i'r the starting motor. '1'he main
~
age i o BF MMI 30-Section 13 5/27/76 components of the. lubricator are thc oil Replace any defective gaskets or packing.
bowl, necdlc valve, siphon tube, and ven-. Reassemble, tightening drip gland firmly, turi tube. but carefully.
As air enters the lubricator, the oil bowl Compounded o i 1 s containing graphites, is pressurized by way of the reversible soap, or fillers should not be used in the venturi tube. The air flow creates a lubricator.
reduced pressure area as it passes through the venturi-section causing the oil in the
"":-bowl to go up the siphon tube into the AIR STARTIMG VALVE (16-Cyl.)
chamber above the drip gland. At this DESCRl PTION point, the quantity of oil entering the air line is controlled by a needle valve. As The air starting valve, Pig. 13-20, consists
."....&he oil t uters the air ."..;-:.'.it is diffused of an expansible synthetic rubber tube
.. - s:= into a:"" ~ I:"wl;tch is,'j=';;" c".d into the air stretched over a double-ported hollow starting motor. A sight glass below the metal core enclosed in a metal body. A needle valve gives visual indication of the solid bulkhead divides the core into two flow rate of oil into the air line.
separate compartments circumscribed by slotted ports which permit the air to flow through the open valve. A large encircling area between the encasing walls of the valve body and the outer surface of the core allows maximum expansion oi the=
expansible tube. This area also serves as the pressure chamber to effect posi-tive tight closure of the valve.
The starting valve is open or closed.
depending upon the position of the tube Expansible Tube 130t t (Oiaphragns)
'Pig;-l3-19 Air Line Lubricator Air Une Prossure 7%1 +
Jacket MAINTilAKNiE
'cvel'-"in i~" "
The'-'"cw
-~oNrl should be
. checked at intervals as specified in the Scheduled Maintenance Program. Inaddi- I Air Flow tion to checking oil level, the needle valve should be checked to ensure that the flow ~ 8 rate" is-three drops per minute. This can be 'checkerJ visu"lly ti.rough the sight giass.in the front of I t .: lubricator. ~aaawV 'I Inlet Slots If oil does not flow, remove top plug and Outlot Slots drip gland. Clean parts and passages, Core using kerosene and blow out with com- 8108 prc'sscd air. Pig. 13-20 Air Starting Valve 13-26
~ )
'I
rage rx BF MMI 30 Section 13 5/27/76 on, or above, the slotted ports in the out-Ict end of the core. The position of thc exItansiblc tube depends mainly upon the relative magnitude of the differential pres- Plunger Seat Valve Body sures applied on the valve inlet, the valve outlet and in the jacket.
The tension of the tube over the core Coil Cover Plate effects thc operation also as this initial tension produces a set pressure which must be added to the pressure in the Coil
~~
jacket; To open the valve, release the j)ressure .from the jacket (by opening the j 'I air starting control valve) until the effec-tive jacket pressure is less than the downstream line pressure. The tube will rise completely off the core so that the
/ ~ l valve is opened completely, thus setting Coil Case Load W>re Connections the starting motor in operation. Coil 'Pole Exhaust Nut To +lose the valve, release the air start- 14690 ing control valve and allow the full inlet Fig. 13-21 Solenoid Valve pressure to enter into the jacket. This makes the effective jacket pressure motor. When the pinion gear is engaged greater than the line pressure, thus forc- with the ring gear, a port is opened in the ing .the tube against the core slots to motor allowing the air to go behind the close the valve. pinion gear of the upper starting motor.
'ith both solenoidpinion gears valve engaged, thc opens the air air MAINTENANCE from the relay, valve. I No maintenance is required other than keeping all connections securely tightened. MAINTENANCE After a long period of severe service, the expansible t'ube on the core might Before performing any maintenance onthe require renewal. This can quickly be solenoid valve, make sure the electrical accomplished by taking off the closure povier.-and air pressure have been turned and removing the tube and core. A new off.
tube is'then installed over the core and CLEANING inserted into the valve body.
Sluggish valve operation or excessive SOLENOID VALVE (12 8 20-Cyl.) leakage will indicate that cleaning is required. The frequency of cleaning, how-
=
DESCRIPTION ever, will .be determined by operating conditions. Clean the moving parts and The solenoid valve, Pig. 13-21, used in air passages thoroughly, using a good" the dual starting motor system, opens commercial solvent.
when current is applied to the solenoid, and returns to the normally closed posi- COIL REPLACEMENT tion when the current is cut off. ln the energized or open position, air isdirccted Remove front cover plate from coil case behind thc pinion gear of the lower starting and.disconnect coil lead wires. Remove K I.
13-27
0
'r "Section 13 Page 18 BF MHI 30 I'
the exhaust nut from the bottom of the Spring Cap 5/27/76 coil case and slip thc coil and coil case Valve Scat Locknut off the coil pole. I<cassemblc thc com-
/rri+4' ponents in the reverse order of dis- re assembly, connect the coil leads, and replace the coil case cover plate.
SHUTOFL"- VALVE (128 20- Cyl.)
DESCRIPTION Valve ~ Valve Body A manually operated ball-type shutoff valve, Fig. 13-22, is Used in the dual starting motor system. The valve closes
~
Stem i Actuating Piston Head
~ '~Actuating Cap off air to the starter motors, when main- Seals tenance work is being performed, to 14592.
prevent inadvertent engine starting. The Fig. 13-23 Air Relay Valve valve has a lock-type handle which pro-vides an additional safety feature in pre- relay valve. Air enters the air relay ventirrg unintentional movement of the valve and forces the valve stem up un-valve. 'seating the valve seat, Fig. 13-23, and releasing the main starting air supply to the motors. When the starting control valve is released and the air solenoid valve closes off the control air supply to the motors, the supply of air to the
'h s~ <<~r
@i~~ y v air relay valve is shut off, which cuts tie9t off the main air supply to the motors.
Fig. 13-22 Shutoff Valve MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE No periodic maintenance should be re-quired, however, if at any time the valve The wiping action of the ball dislodges seat, becomes dirty and is not shutting any foreign material which may enter off the main air supply properly, the the valve, making the valve self-cleaning. seat can be removed and cleaned.
In addition, the seat material contains a lubricant which provides the required DISASSEMBLY lubrication for the ball. The only parts 1. Unscrew the spring cap on top of the requiring replacement under normal oper- valve, Fig. 13-23,'nd remove the ating conditions are the seats and the spring.
rrprl rings
2. Unscrew the locknut holding the valve seat assembly to the valve stem and AIR RELA'll'ALVE(t2 8 20-Cyf.)
remove the valve seat assembly.
DESCRIPTION 3. If the valve seals need replacement due to leakage, remove the bolts iVhcn the pinion gear in both motors is holding the actuating cap to the valve engaged with thc ring gear, air is re- body, remove the actuating piston leased from thc upper motor. to the <<ir head and rcplacc seals.
13-28
~ ~ ~
e r Page 19 BF 5ÃI 30 5/27/76 Sc(:(ioli )3 1$ 1) 0 0>> )I 0 +)6 )t 33 36 6) v 5
I
/(- If Q $
18 I'Qll wo'Qgggl( ii, Q ~
a 2l 1) 3) 35 t) 04 O5)
)5782 1 ~ Motor Housing Cover Assembly 19. Gear Case Gasket 36. Piston Assembly
2. Housing Cover End Plug 20. Rotor Pinion Spaccr 36A. Piston ning
3. Oil Drain Plug (2) 21 Rotor Pinion
~ 37. Shift Ring
4. Oil Adjust)ng Screw l2) 22. Rotor Pinion Retainer 38. Shift Ring Rctaincr S. Oiler Felt (7) 23. Gear Case 39. Shift Ring Spacer
6. Motor Housing Cover Cap Screw (4) 24. Planet Gear Frame 40. Piston Return Spring
7. Cover Cap Screw I-ockwashcr (4) 25. Planet Gear Assembly (3) 41. Return Spring Scat
8. Oil Filler Plug 26. Planet Gear Bearing (3) 42. Bendix Starter Drive
.9..Rear Rotor Bearing 27. Planet Gear Shaft 43. 3/8" Mounting Bolt Lockwashcr (3)
10. Rear Rotor Bearing Retainer 28. Planet Gear Fr'amc'Thrust Ring 44. 3IB" Mounting Bolt Bushing (3)
11. Rear End Plate 29. Planet Gear Frame Bearing 45. Drive Housing Assembly
12. Cylinder 30. Planet Gear Frame Retaining Ring 46. Drive Housing Bushing
13. Cy)irjeer Dowel 31. Gear Case Cover Assembly 47. Bushing Oiler 14 32. Gear Case Covvi Seal 48. Busiiing Oker Piug
49. Air Strainer Assembly Vane(5'5.
Rotor 33. Piston Seal
16. Front End Plato '4. Drive Housing CapScrew(12) 50. Air Strainer Cap
17. Front Rotor Bearing 35. Drive Housing Cap Screw 51. Air Strainer, Plug
18. Motor Housing Lockwasher 52. Air Strainer Screen Fig. 13-16 Air Starting Meter by inadequate lubrication or'thc presence of rust, MOTOR REMOVAL scale, dirt, excessive moisture, or other foreign
.~ttfJ.ln thc;?)t'1)pp) v. Ncw vilncs can bc caslly 1. Disconnect air supply and exhaust lines and quickly installed by disassembling thc motor as described.i -:"-'.)i;=".qtfeti: paragraphs. 2. Rcmove three bolts securing thc moto'r and
~
drive assco)bly to the motor mounting LUBRICATION bracket.
i Before putting a ne;v air motor into operation, . 3. Rcolove starting motor and drive assembly.
pour about two teaspoonfuls of engine oil into thc air inlet so that it will bc carried into lhc )sIOTOR DISASSEh')BLY'Refer multivanc olotor with thc live air. Before storage to Fig. 13-16) or lay up, thc o)f)(or sho)ild be fully lubricated
'". )u)4h a )!Rht oil containing a rust inhibitor. .1. Using a pfick pooch, ol;Ifk adjacent spots oi) thc olotor holisiog cover (1), loolor housio<.
(18), gear <<as>> (23), .Car case cover (3)), anti 0'.Ove l)lc oil fi))er plu", (8) ) ig. 13-16), drive holisiilg (45) so these olcolbcrs 1vi)) bc wcck)y, anti fi)) 'lhc oil reservoir io lhc nlotor in, thc saioc rcl;Itive posilioil tvhco lhc ololor
." )i."using cover with SA)', 20)V Iool()l'il for Is ilsscolbled.
lci>>pcrallifcs <<bove 30.,or )OIV ioolor oil 1'or
)ower telo))cl':I(ores. Usoll, lhc saloc oil ils i)bove, 2. Uoscrcw aod rcioovc lhc ololor lioilsiog covt'f rcolovc lhc bils))lo!i, oiler p)u!(18) 1'i,".. 3-)6, cilp scl't.ws (6) ilotl pull lllci>>t)loi'ot)I;)i't,',
lfol'o 'l o tw()n 'I 1 cover 1 1'I'olo (IIc ololol'otlsiot'. f )K).
t l
Page 1 BP EMI 3 11/29/77 TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROGANS PERRY NUCLEAR PLANT ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION 3 DIESEL GENERATORS Descri tion This instruction covers the maintenance of the rotating machinery of the diesel generator auxiliaries and provides the procedure for the diesel redundant start test. Table EMI 3-1 is a listing of the scheduled maintenance itmes covered by this instruction.
Table EMI 3-1
~Pre uenc Mi intenance Item Monthly Inspect the generator brushes for sparking during the performance of SI 4.9.A.l.a.
2 Months Check the temperature of the generator bearing during the performance of SI 4.9.A.l.a.
2 Months Perform the redundant start test.
Maintenance Items The following paragraphs,.'contain the specific maintenance items to be performed per Table EMI 3-1 and the general instructions for the generator bearing inspection and generator brush replacement.
+Revision
~
Page 2 Maintenance Items (Continued) BP EMI 3 12/14/76 A. Generator Bearin during the performance of SI 4.9.A.l.a.
Clearances None required.
Measuxe the temperature of the generator bearing by applying a surface pyrometer to the outside of the bearing cover, The temperature measured should not exceed a 25 C rise above the room ambient temperature. If the temperature is greater than 25'C rise, immediately notify the ASE running the diesel and the electrical maintenance supervisor. Record both the bearing temperature and the room ambient temperature on the trouble report. Also, record the diesel running time on the trouble report for informational purpose. Upon receipt of the trouble report in the electrical maintenance office, the information will be transferred to data sheet EMI 3-A. A data sheet BP EHI 3-A will be 'kept for each diesel generator.
General Instructions-Bearing Inspection Clearances An EHI will be written at a later date to cover the diesel generator bearing inspection. It will contain the necessary cleaxances.
Inspect the generator bearing in accordance with the guidelines in the manufacturer's manual EMD MI 3327. There is only one bearing in the generator and it is located at the outboard end of the shaft. The bearing is a sealed grease lubricated, double row, spherical, self-aligning type and there should be no need for additional lubrication during the generator's life. Two conditions, a high bearing temperature or excessive noise in the outboard end of the generator, may warrant a bearing inspection in advance of the normal 9000 hour0.104 days 2.5 hours 0.0149 weeks 0.00342 months inspection.
Page 3 BF EMI 3 12/14/76 Maintenance Items (Continued)
B. Generator Brushes generator brushes for sparking.
Clearances None required.
The generator brushes and slip rings are checked thoroughly during the diesel annual inspection and need only a 1
visual check once a month. During the performance of SI 4.9.A.l.a., observe the generator brushes. If any sparking is noticed, immediately notify the ASE runnidg the diesel and the electrical maintenance supervisor. Observe the length of each. brush and if any brush appears to be approximately one-inch long, notify the electrical maintenace supervisor. Note on the trouble report whether any sparking was observed and wh whether the brushes are of acceptable length. Upon receipt of the trouble report in the electrical maintenance office, the information will be transferred to data sheet BF EMI 3-B. A data sheet BF EMI 3-B will be kept for each diesel generator.
General Instructions-Brush Changeout a4 The clearances required for SI 4.9.A.l.d.
b. The exciter field breaker.
When any brush reaches a length of 1 inch + 1/8 inch, change all four brushes on that generator. When installing new brushes, sand them to fit the curvature of the slip ring by placing a piece of sandpaper on the surface of the ring with the grit side against the brush. Then, with the brush held down by the pressure arm of the brush holder, move the sandpaper in the direction of rotation of the rings. Repeat the motion until the brush fits the curvature of the rings. Run the diesel per SI 4.9.A.l.a steps 3.5.a through 3.5.g (DO NOT PLASH THE PIELD) for one hour. Stop the diesel and inspect the brushes and repeat the diesel run as necessary until the brushes are seated on between 50% and 80% of them surface. Document the changeout of the brushes on the trouble report issued to accomp1ish the worst.
Page 4 BP BfE ~.
11/29/77'i "
+ DEICE EiiZlBE PAGE
+Revision
0
~-
Page 5 BFEg 3 ll/29/77 Maintenance Items (Continued)
PP P. Redundant Start Test Clearances None required.
This test shall be performed on each diesel every two months. DPSO support will be required to operate the oscillograph used to monitor relay pick up and drop out. The test will have to be coordinated with the shift engineer and will require: support by one ASE and one AVO. Upon completion of the test, the data sheets and oscillograph traces will be submitted to the electrical maintenance section. for review and filing. The oscillograph speed should be set for 2-inches/second. Record the performance of each step of the procedure by initials and data on data sheet BF EMI 3-F.
MOTE: This test is written for.all .eight diesels. %here there .are any differences between the units 1 and 2 diesels and the unit 3 diesels a step will contain instructions for each set of diesels noted to indicate the applicable unit. The blanks in the procedure are for items that differ only by the letter designation of the diesel being tested.
Before starting any cranking sequence, ensur'e that there is a minimum of 175 pounds of air in each bank.
+Revision
0 I
Page 6 BF EMI 3 12/14/76 F.1.0 Test Number 1 F.l.l Connect an oscillograph to monitor the following items:
a. Units 1 and 2: ASR -1 coil.
Unit 3: ASR -1 contacts 3-4 or 7-8 (Contact 3-4 to be used when monitoring start circuit 1 and contact 7-8 to be used when monitoring start circuit 2. A note will be placed at the beginning of each test to indicate the contact that should be used for that test.)
b. BSR1 coil.
c. HSR2 coil.
d. MSTV1 coil.
e. QSTV2 coil.
Governor booster pump 1 (GBPl).
g. Governor booster pump 2 (GBP2).
h. FPR coil.
NOTE:, For Unit 3, ensure that ASR -1 contact 7-8 is being monitored.
F.l.2 Place the "CB start 1" breaker in the OFF position.
F;.1.3 Verify that the "CB start 2" breaker is in the ON position.
'F.1.4 Place the "Preferred Start" selector switch (SCS) in position 1.
F.1.5 Manually hold the engine infector control lever in the OFF position (full out position.)
F.1.6 Start the oscillograph.
Fal+7 Units 1 and 2: Manually manipulate relay ASR -1 to the energized position Unit 3: At panel 3-9-23 turn the D/G control switch to the.
START position.
F.1.8 Units 1 and 2: After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, manually manipulate relay Rl to the energized position.,and stop the oscillograph.
Unit 3: After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, pull to stop D/G control switch on panel 3-9-23 and stop the oscillograph, F.1.9 Release the infector control lever.
F.l.10 Mark the oscillograph trace as "Trace //'l."
0 h
C'
Page 7 BF ENI 3 2/8/77 Test Number 1 (Continued)
F.l.ll Reset all the alarms for D/G F.l.12 Verify the following acceptance criteria are met. Use the oscillograph's 0.1 second timing lines to verify times.
a. Start failure backup is 1 second, -10%, +25% (i.e. between 0.9 seconds and 1.25 seconds elapsed from ASR -1 energized and MSTV2 energized the first time.)
b. Cranking time of first crank is 4 seconds, + 10% (i.e. between 3.6 seconds and 4.4 seconds elapsed from MSTV2 energized the first time and MSTV2 deenergized the first time.)
c. First coastdown and second cranking time is 4.5 seconds + 10% (i.e.
between 4,05 seconds and 4.95 seconds elapsed from MSTV2 deenergized the first time and MSTV2 deenergized the second time.)
d. GBP2 is energized whenever MSTV2 is energized.
e, FPR energized during the entire cranking sequence (i.e. FPR energized when MSTV2 energized the first time.)
NOTE: If any of the above criteria are not met, investigate to determine the cause, correct, and if necessary rerun the test-. I the tes" is or is not repeated, explain why in theiremarlcs. section. If repeated document each step with another set of initials and dates on the data sheet.
P.2.0 Test Number 2 NOTE: For unit 3, ensure that, ASR -1 contact 3-4 is being monitored.
F.2.1 Place the "CB start 1" breaker in the ON position.
F.2.2 Place the "CB start 2" breaker in the OFF position.
F.2.3 Place the "Preferred start" selector switch (SCS) in position 2.
F.2.4 Manually hold the engine injector control lever in the OPP position (full out position.)
F.2.5 Start, the oscillograph.
P.2. 6 Units 1 and 2: Manual ly manipulate relay ASR -1 to the energized position UnM'3= At panel 3-9-23 turn the D/G control switch to the start- position.
P.2.7 .Unit:s 1 and 2'. After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, manually manipulat relay Rl to the energized position and stop the oscillograph.
e Page 8 BF EMI 3 2/8/77 Test Number 2 (Continued)
P.2.7 (Continued)
Unit 3: After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, pull to STOP D/G
'ontrol switch on panel 3-9-23 and stop the oscillograph.
I P.2.8 Release the infector control lever.
P.'2.9 Mark the oscillograph trace as "Trace 82."
F.2.10 Reset all the alarms for D/G'.2.11 Verify the following acceptance criteria are met. Use the oscillograph's O.l second timing lines to verify times.
a. -
Start failure backup is 1 second, -10%, +25% (i.e. between 0.9 seconds and 1.25 seconds elapsed from ASR -1 energized and MSTV1 energized the first time.)
b. Cranking time of first crank is 4 seconds + 10% (i.e. between 3.6 seconds and 4.4 seconds elapsed from MSTVl energized the first time and MSTVl deenergized the first time.)
Cs First coastdown and second cranking time is 4.5 seconds + 10% (i.e. between 4.05 seconds and 4.95 seconds elapsed from MSTVl deenergized the first time and MSTV1 deenergized the second time.)
d. GBP1 is energized whenever MSTV1 is energized.
e FPR energized during the entire cranking sequence (i.e. FPR energized P
when MSTV1 energized the first time.)
ROTE: ~
If any of the above criteria are not met, investigate to determine the cause, correct, and if necessary rerun the test. If the test is or is not repeated, explain why in the remarks section. If repeated, document each step with another set of initials and dates on the data sheet.
~" << ~
I ~
+Revision
page 9 BP EHI 3 12/14/76 P.3.0 Test Number, 3 NOTE: For unit 3, ensure that ASR -1 contact 3-4 is being monitored.
F.3.1 Place the "CB start 2" breaker in the ON position.
P.3.2 Place the "Preferred start" selector switch (SCS) in position 1.
F.3.3 Close the following air line valves on both air banks:
a. Units 1 and 2:: 0-86-504.
Unit 3: 3-86-554:
b. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-505.
Unit 3: 3-86-555.
c. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-506.
Unit 3: 3-86-556.
d. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-507.
Unit 3: 3-86-557.
e. Units 1 and 2:- 0-86-508.
Unit 3: 3-86-558.
f. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-524.
Unit 3: 3-86-574.
g. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-525.
Unit 3: 3-86-575.
h. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-526.
~
Unit 3: 3-86-576.
i. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-527.
Unit 3: 3>>86-577.
Units 1 and 2: 0-86-528.
Unit:-3: 3-86-578.
k. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-523.
Unit 3: 3-86-573.
l. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-503.
'3-86-553.
Unit 3:
F,3,4 Manually hold the engine infector control lever in the OPZ'osition (full out position.)
F.3.5 Start the oscillograph.
Page 10 BF E4fl 3 2/8/77 Test Number 3 (Continued)
F.3.6 Units 1 and 2: Manually manipulate relay ASR -1 to the energized position.
Unit 3: At panel 3-9-23 turn the DG control switch to the START position.
F.3.7 Units 1 and 2: After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, manually manipulate relay Rl to the energized position and stop the oscillograph.
Unit 3: After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, pull to STOP D/G control switch on panel 3-9-23 and stop the oscillograph.
F.3.8 Release the injector control lever.
F.3.9 Mark the oscillograph trace as "Trace /33."
F.3.10 Reset all the alarms for D/G F.3.11 Verify the following acceptance criteria are met. Use the oscillograph's 0.1 second timing lines to vexify times.
MSTV1 is energized for 3 seconds +10% (i.e. between 2.7 seconds and 3.3 seconds elapsed f om HSTVl energized the first time until MSTV1 deenergized the first time. )
b. Dead time after MSTV1 is deenergized the first time is 0.5 seconds,
-20%, +40% (i..e. between 0.4 seconds and 0.7 seconds elapsed from HSTV1 deenergized the first time and both HSTV1 energized the second time and MSTV2 energized the first time.)
Co HSTV1 and MSTV2 are energized for 3 seconds, +10% (i.e. between 2.7 seconds and 3.3 seconds elapsed fxom MSTV1 energized the second time and MSTVl deenergized the second time, and HSTV2 energized. the first time and MSTV2 deenergized the first time.)
dO Dead time after MSTV1 and MSTV2 deenergized is 0.5 seconds, -20%, +60%
(i.e. between 0.4 seconds and 0.8 seconds elapsed from both MSTVl deenergized the second time and MSTV2 deenergized the first time and MSTV2 energized the second time,)
e. HSTV2 is energized for 3 seconds +10% (i.e. between, 2.7 seconds and 3.3 seconds elapsed from MSTV2 energized the second'". time and HSTV2 deenergized the second time.)
GBPl is energi,zed whenever HSTVl is energized.
g. GBP2 is energized whenever HSTV2 is energized.
h FPR energized during the entire cranking sequence (i.e. FPR energized when- STVl is energized the first time.)
Revision
~,~
Page 11 BF EMI 3 12/14/76 Test Number 3 (Continued)
NOTE If any of the above criteria are not met, investigate to determine the cause, correct, and if necessary rerun the test. If the test is or is not repeated, ezplain why in the remarks section. If repeated, document each step with another set of initials and dates on the data sheet.
P.4.0 Test Number 4 NOTE: Por unit 3, ensure that. ASR -1 contact 7-8 is being monitored.
F.4.1 Place the "preferred start" selector switch (SCS) in position 2.
P.4.2 Manually hold the engine injector lever in the OPZ position (full out position.)
F.4,3 Start the oscillograph.
F.4.4 Units 1 and 2: Manually manipulate relay ASR -1 to the energized position.
Unit 3: At panel 3-9-23 turn the D/G control switch to the START position.
F.4.5 Units 1 and 2: After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, manually manipulate relay Rl to the energized position and stop the oscillograph.
Unit 3: After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, pull to stop D/G contxol switch on panel 3-9-23 and stop the oscillograph.
F.4.6 Release the injector control lever.
P.4.7 Mark the trace as "Trace 84."
P.4.8 Reset all the alarms for D/G P.4.9 Verify the following acceptance criteria are met. Use the oscillograph's 0.1 second timing lines to verify times.
a. MSTV2 is energized for 3 seconds +10% {i.e. between 2.7 seconds and 3.3 seconds elapsed from MSTV2 energized the first time until MSTV2 deenergized the first time.)
b. Dead time after MSTV2 is deenergized the first.'ime is 0.5 seconds,
-20X, +40X {i.e. between 0.4 seconds and 0.7 seconds elapsed from
.MSTV2 deenergized the first time and both MS1V 2, energized the second
~a and MSTVl energized the first time.)
Page 12 BF EMI 3 2/8/y7 Test Number 4 (Continued)
c. MSTV2 and MSTVl are energized for 3 seconds, +10% (i.e. between 2.7 seconds and 3.3 seconds elapsed from MSTV2 energized the second time and MSTV2 deenergized the second time, and HSTV1 energized the first time and 'MSTV1 deenergized the first time.)
d. Dead time after HSTV2 and MSTV1 deenergized is 0.5 seconds, .20%,
+60% (i.e. between 0.4 seconds and 0.8 seconds elapsed from both HSTV2 deenergized the second time and MSTVl deenergized the first time and HSTV1 energized the second time.)
e.'STVl is energized for 3 seconds +10%: (i-.e. between 2.7 seconds and 3.3 seconds elapsed from MSTV1 energized the second time and MSTV1 deenergized the second time.)
f. GBP2 is energized whenever MSTV2 is energized.
g. GBPl is energized whenever MSTVl is energized.
h. FPR energized during the entire cranking sequence (i.e. FPR energized when HSTV2 is energized the first time.)
NOTE: If any of the above criteria are not met, investigate to determine the cause, correct, and if necessary rerun the test. If the test repeated, document each step with another set. of initials and dates on the data sheet.
F.5.0 Test Number 5 NOTE: For unit 3, ensure that ASR -1 contact 7-8 is being monitored.
~
air line valves air
~ ~
F.5.1 Open the following on both banks:
a. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-504 Unit 3: 3-86-554
b. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-505 Unit 3: 3-86-555
c. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-506 Unit 3: 3-86-556
d. Units'1 and 2: 0-86-507 Unit 3: 3-86-557
e. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-508 Unit 3: 3-86-558
f. Units .1 and 2: 0-86-524 Unit 3: 3-86-574
Revision
~ .
Page 13 BP EMl 3 12/14/76 Test Number 5 (Continued)
P. 5. 1 (Continued)
g. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-525 Unit 3: 3-86-575
h. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-526 Unit 3: 3-86-576 Units 1 and 2: 0-86-527 Unit. 3: 3-86-577 Units 1 and 2: 0-86-528 Unit 3: 3-86-578
k. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-523 Unit 3: 3-86-573
1. Units 1 and 2: 0-86-503 Unit 3: 3-86-553 P.5.2 Allow the air pressure in both start banks to build to at least 175 pounds.
P.5.3 Manually hold the engine injector lever in the OFP position (full out position.,'.5.4 Start the oscillograph.
P.5.5 Units 1 and 2: Manually manipulate relay ASR -1 to the energized
, position.
Unit 3: At panel 3-9-23 turn the D/G control switch to the START position.
F.5.6 Units 1 and 2: After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, manually manipulate relay Rl to the energized position and stop the oscillograph.
Unit 3: After the D/G cranking sequence is finished, pull to- stop D/G control switch on panel 3-9-23 and stop the oscillograph.
F.5.7'elease the injector control lever.
P.5.8 Mark the trace as "Trace 85."
P.5.9 Reset all the alarms for D/G
I I'
r.
Page 14 BF EHI 3 2/8/77 Test Number 5 (Continued3 F.5.10 Verify the following acceptance criteria are met. Use the oscillograph's 0.1 second timing lies to aerify times.
ao Cranking time of first crank i.s 4 seconds +10% (i.e. between 3.6 seconds and 4.4 seconds elapsed from MSTV2 energized the first time and MSTV2 deenergized the first time.)
First coastdown and second cranking time is 4.3 seconds +10% (i.e.
between 4.05 seconds and .4.95 seconds elapsed from MSTV2 deenergized the first time and both MSTV2 deenergized "he second time'and MSTVl deenergized tne first time.)
Co- Second coastdown and third cranking time is 4.5 seconds +10% (i.e.
between 4.05 seconds and 4.95 seconds elapsed from both MSTV2 deenergized the second time and MSTV1 deenergized the first time and MSTVl deenergized the second time.)
d. GBP2 is energized whenever MSTV2 is energized.
e. GBP1 is energized whenever MSTVl is energized.
fo FPR energized during the entire cranking sequence (i.e. FPR energized when MSTU2 energized the first time.)
NOTE: If any of the above criteria are not met, investigate to determine the cause, correct, and if necessary rerun the test. If the test is or is not repeated, explain why in the remarks section. If repeated, document each step with another set of initi.als and dates on the data sheet.
F.6.0 Test Number 6 NOTE: For unit 3, ensure that ASR -1 contact 3-4 is being monitored.
F.6.1 Place the "Preferred start" selector switch (SCS) in position l.
F.6.2 Manually hold the engine injector lever in the OFF position (full out position.
F.6.3 Start the oscillograph.
F. 6.4 Units 1 and 2: Manually manipulate relay ASR -1 to the energized position Unit 3: At panel 3-9-23 turn the D/G control switch to the START position.
F.6.5 After the second cranking attempt, release the'in)ector control lever.
Revision
l %N Ct Iv
Page 15 BP EMI 3 2/8/77 Test Number 6 (Continued)
F.6.6 Verify the diesel started and record the following valves:
a. Engine speed.
b. Generator voltage.
P.6.7 Units 1 and 2: Manually manipulate relay Rl to the energized position and stop the oscillograph.
Unit 3: Pull to stop D/G control switch on panel 3-9-23 and stop the oscillograph.
P.6.8 Mark the trace as "Trace 86."
P.6.9 Reset 'all the alar'ms for D/G P.6.10 Verify the following acceptance criteria are met. Use the oscillograph 0.1 second timing lines to verify times.
a. Cranking time of first crank is 4 seconds +10% (i.e. between 3.6 seconds and 4.4 seconds elapsed from MSTV1 energized the first time and .MSTV1 deenergized the first time.)
b. First coastdown and second cranking time is 4.5 seconds +10% (i.e.
between 4.05 seconds and 4.95 seconds elapsed from HSTVl deenerg'=ed the first time and both MSTVl deenergized the second time and MSTV2 deenergized the first time.)
C~ Second coastdown and third cranking time is 4.5 seconds +10% (i.e.
between 4. 05 seconds and 4. 95 seconds elapsed from both HSTV1 deenergized the second time and MSTV2 deenergized the first time and MSTV2 deenergized the second time.)
,zd \ GBPl isenergized whenever HSTVl is energized.
.e.. GBP2 is energized whenever MSTV2 is energized.
+f. PPR is energized during the entire cranking sequence (i.e. PPR energized when MSTV1 energized the first time.)
g. The engine speed must be 905 rpm + 5 rpm.
h.'he generator voltage must be 4350 volts + 50 volts.
NOTE: If any of 'the above criteria are not met, investigate to determine the cause, correct, and if necessary rerun the test. lf or is not repeated, explain why in the remarks section. If repeated, the test is document each step with another. set of initials and dates on the data sheet.
Revision
Page:16 BF E2fX 3 12/14/76 Test Number 6 (Continued)
F,6.11 Remove the oscillograph used to monitor .the following items:
a. Units 1 Unit 3:
and 2: ASR' ASR '1 -1 coil contacts 3-4 or 7-8
b. BSR1 coil.
c. RSR2 coil.
d. MSTV1 coil.
e. HSTV2 coil.
f. Governor booster pump 1 (GBpl),
g. Governor booster pump 2 (GBP2).
h. FPR coil.
F.6.12 Notify the shift engineer that testing on D/G is complete and the diesel can be returned to standby readiness.
e ll'
Page 17
, B7B$ 13 12/14/76 Data Sheet BF EHI 3-A Generator Bearing Temperatures Diesel Generator Date Trouble Report Room Ambient Gen. Bearing Diesel Running Remarks Number Temp. ('C) Temp. ('C) Time (HRS)
L Page 18 BF &f7 3 12/14/76 Data Sheet BP EH 3-B Generator Brush Condition Diesel Generator Date Trouble Report Brush Sparking Brush Length Remarks Number Yes/No OK/Short
Ps'9 BF EMI 3 11/29/77
+DEIZPE ENTIRE PAGE
0
+Revision
~;
page 20 RF EMI 3 11/29/77
~~ :KiT~~ rAGE
+Revision
1
~
Page 21 BF EHI 3 12/14/76 Data Cover Sheet BF EHI 3-F Redundant Start Test Diesel Generator This test was performed in accordance with the instructions of EHI 3.F, "Redundant Start Test" and meets all the acceptance criteria of the procedure.
Performed By: Date Electrician This test has been reviewed for compliance with the acceptance criteria, Reviewed By: Date Electrical Engineer Approval of test results.
Approved By:
Electrical Haintenance Supervisor/Date Remarks:
0 0 i 4 k
~ .
'C
Page 22 BP Eel 3 12/14/76 Data Sheet BP EHI 3-P Redundant Start Test Diesel Generator
p h i
NOTE: Each blank on the data sheet corresponds to the step in the procedure with the same step number. Initial and date each blank as its associated procedural step is completed.
Initials/Date P.l.0 Test number 1 F.l.l Oscillograph connections
a. ASR -1 coil (U-1 & U-2) or contacts (U-3).
b.'SR1 coil.
c. RSR2 coil.
d. MSTV1 coil.
e. MSTV2 coil.
GBP1.
g. GBP2.
h. FPR coil.-
P.l.2 CB start 1 OFP.
-Frit CB start 2 ON.
F.l.4 SCS in position l.
F.1.5 Infector lever out.
~~6 Oscillograph started..
P.l.7 Start cranking sequence.
F.1.8 Cranking sequence finished,
-8~1~9 Igector lever released.
P.1.10 Trace marked.
F.l.ll Alarms reset.
W
'I
)
Page 23 BF EMI 3 12/14/76 Data Sheet BF EHI 3-F (Continued)
Initials/Date F.1.12 Acceptance criteria met.
a. Start failure backup.
b. Pirst crank.
c. Pirst coastdown and second crank.
d. GBP2.
e. PPR.
Remarks:
P.2.0 Test number 2.
F.2.1 CB start 1 ON, P.2.2 CB start 2 OFF.
F.2.3 SCS in position 2.
P.2.4 Injector lever out.
P.2. S Oscillograph star ted.
P.2.6 Start cranking sequence.
F.2.7 Cranking sequence finished.
F.2.8 Infector lever released.
P.2.9 Trace marked.
,F.2.10 Alarms reset.
,A n
f f ~
ty
~ '
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ 'I
~ ~
I ~ II ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
I ~ ~ I ~ ~
I ~ ~ I ~ ~
I ~ o I I ~ ~
~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~
S ~ I le 0 ~
i o ~ ~ ~
I ~ ~ ~ ~
I ~ ~ ~ ~
~ l % * &
~ ~
1 lt
~ ~ ~ ~
I ~ ~ ~ ~
i 0 ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
I ~ ~ I ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
II ~
I . II-
~ ~
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
~ ~
'V
~ g I t d r~" 4r
~ t
Page 26 BF EMI 3 12/14/76 Data Sheet BP K4X 3-F (Continued)
Initials/Date F.4.0 Test number 4 P.4.1 SCS in position 2.
P.4.2 Infector lever out.
F.4.3 Oscillograph started.
F.4.4 Start cranking sequence.
F.4.5 Cranking sequence finished.
P.4.6 I+ector lever released.
P.4.7 Trace marked.
F.4.8 Alarms reset.
F.4.9 Acceptance criteria met.
a. MSTV2.
b. First dead time.
c. MSTV2 and MSTV1.
'd;. Second dead time.
e. MSTV1.
. f. GBP2.
g. GBPl.
h. FPR.
Remarks ~
Re=
L ~
Page 27 BF EMI 3 12/14'/76 i
Data Sheet BF KG 3-F {Continued)
"Initials/Date F.5.0 Test Number 5.
F.5.1 Air line valves open.
a. 0-86-504 (U-1 & 2} or 3-86-554 {U-3}'.
b. 0-86-505 (U-l & 2) or 3-86-555 QJ-3).
c. 0-86-506 (U-1 & 2) or 3-86-556 (U-3).
~ 'i
d. 0-86-507 (U-1 & 2) or 3-86-557 (U-3).
e. 0-86-508 (U-1 & 2) or 3-86-558 (U-3),
f. 0-86-524 (U-1 & 2) or 3-86-574 (U-3).
g. 0-86-525 (U-1 & 2) or 3-86-575 {U-3).
h. 0-86-526 (U-l & 2) or 3-86-576 (U-3).
i. '-86-527 U-1 & 2) or 3-86-577 (U-3).
0-86-528 (U-1 & 2) or 3-86-578 (U-3).
k. 0-86-523 (U-l & 2) or 3-86-573 (U-3).
1. 0-86-503 (U-1 & 2) or 3-86-553 (U-3).
P.5.2 Air pressure at 175 pounds.
P.5.3 Injector lever out.
P.5.4 Oscillograph started.
P'5. 5 Start, cranking sequence.
P.5. 6 Cranking sequence finished.
P.5.7 Infector lever released.
P.5.8 Trace marked.
V F.5.9 Alarms reset.
a i
8
~ s
~ '
~ .
Page 2S BF &fI 3 12/14876 Data Sheet BF EHX 3-P (Continued)
Enitials/Date
'F.5.10 Acceptance criteria met.
a. First cranking time.
b. First coastdown and second crank.
c. Second coastdown and third crank.
GBP2.
e. GBP1.
f. PPR.
Remarks:
P.6.0 'Test Number 6.
P.6.1 SCS in position l.
P.6.2 Infector 'lever out.
F.6.3 Oscillograph started.
P.6.4 ,Start cranking sequence.
F.6.5 Xn)ector lever released.
F.6.6 Diesel started.
a. Engine speed.
b. Generator voltage. VOLTS
~ f
~ l
Page 29 BF KJI 3 12/14/76 Data Sheet BF HCI 3-F (Continued)
Initials/Date F 4 7 Stop the diesel.
F.6.B Trace marked.
F.6e9 Alarms reset.
F.6.10 Acceptance criteria met.
a. First cranking time.
b. First coastdown and second crank.
c. Second coastdown and third crank.
d. GBPl.
e. GBP2.
f. FPR.
g. Speed.
h. Voltage.
p.6.11 Remove oeofllograph.
a. ASR -1 coil (U-1 & 2) or contacts (U-3).
e
b. BSRl coil.
2~c ~
c. BSR2 coil.
G ~
d. MSTV1 coil.
e Ce e. MSTV2 coil.
f. GBPl.
g. GBP2.
h. 'e FPR eave oAt Coil.
-,F.6.12 Shift engineer notified.
'T k
~ '
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROGANS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT
)
)
SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION 4.9.A.l.a AUXILIARY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT UNITS 1 AND 2 OR 3
'pproved:
P ant Superintendent September 16, 1975 General Revision
ir i 0 '
Page 1 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9(16(7S TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROWNS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT DIESEL GENERATOR MONTHLY TEST Descri tion This surveillance instruction is used to comply with requirements of technical specification 4.9.A.l.a. The following table lists the required surveillance items regarding this section:
Table 4.9.A.l.a - Surveillance Re uirements
~Pre uanc Re uirement Monthly Each diesel generator manually started.
Each diesel generator loaded for at least 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months at 75/ rated load or greater.
Diesel generator starting air compressor checked for operation.
.Diesel fuel oil transfer pumps checked for operation.
Diesel generator starting time logged.
The monthly diesel generator tests will provide information as to the condition of the diesel engines, the generators, and their associated equipment. Included in these tests are the operability of the starting air systems, the fuel oil systems, the diesel generator starting circuitry, and the diesel generator load control circuitry.
In ox'der to check all staxting situations, othex surveillance tests may be incorporated into this test to pxovide starting signals to the diesel generators. These other surveillance tests are the Common Accident Signal Logic.
Page 2 BP SI 4.9.,';.l.a
~9f16/75 System test (SI 4 ~ 9.A.3.a) ~ the Start Bus lA and 1B Undervoltage Start of the Diesel Generators (SI 4.9.A.4.a) and the 4-kV Shutdown Boards Undervoltage Start of the Diesel Generators (SI 4.9.A.4.b) . By utilizing'the start signals frpm these tests, excessive starts of the diesel generators will be avoided and all the surveillance requirements of table 4.9.A.l.a satisfied. All data entered on Data Sheet 4.9.A.l.a that is obtained from another surveillance test will be referenced as to surveillance instruction number and date that the data was taken.
SI 4.9.A.l.a DIESEL GENERATOR tfOiVVLY TEST D/G A 1~ Precautions 1.1 Do not perform this instruction during a condition calling for operation of the diesel generator.
1.2 Personnel should use ear protection as applicable when running diesel generator.
2,1 Panel 9-23-7 and diesel information center manned.
i".. 2.2 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A,l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (mechanical) or mechanical foreman as-to time and date surveillance instruction is to be performed in order that MMI 6 may be performed.
2.3 Prior to performing,SI 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (electrical) or electrical foreman as to time and date surveillance instruction is to be performed in order that applicable sections of EHI 3 may be performed.
4.
II
Page 3 BP SI 4.9.'.1 9/16/75
3. pracsrlura 3,1 Annunciator Check
a. Engine Control Cabinet
1) Press annunciator test pushbutton and verify that bell rings and that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Press annunciator reset pushbutton and verify that bell is silenced and annunciator lights go out.
b. Diesel generator information center - panel 25-41, section A.
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and verify that buzzer sounds and that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and verify that buzzer is silenced and annunciator lights go out.
c~ Panel 9-23-7, section A
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and verify that buzzer sounds and that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and verify that buzzer is silenced and annunciator lights go out.
3.2 Starting Air
a. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 1 starts'. 0-86-534-A, 535-A, 536-Ap 537 Ay 538 A Close the valve.
b. Record pressure on "Starting air R.B." gauge on engine control cabinet.< )
c. Record pressure 'on; "Starting air R.B." gauge when compressor stops. <>>
~ )Expected walue and tolerance on data sheet.
4 0
f
Page 4 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 3~ Procedure (Continued)
I 3,2,Starting Air (Continued),'.
Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 2 starts: 0>>86-516-A, 517-A, 518-A, 519-A, 520-A. Close the valve. ~ ~
e. Record pressure on "Starting air L.B." gauge on engine control cabinet.(1)
Record pressure on "Starting air L.B." gauge when compressor stops.(')
3.3 Fuel oil
a. Record amount of fuel in day tank.
3.4 Lube oil and cooling water
a. Verify that water is above 9 in. mark in sight glass on accessory rack.
b. Verify that lube oil is visible on crank case dipstick.
3.5 Diesel Start
a. Turn diesel generator logic breaker off (on 125-volt distribution panel) .
b. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to move governor to its lowest setting. Verify setting of governor by visual observation of governor setting indicator.
c. Depress fuel prime pushbutton on engine control cabinet until fuel 'pressure reaches 30 psi.
d Depress engine start pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
e. Verify diesel generator starts and levels out at 450 rpm.
f. Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes.
Page 5 BF SE 4 ~ 9.A.l.a 9l27I77 3~ Procedure (Continued) 3 5 Diesel Start (Continued) g, Use governor control on engine control cabinet to raise the speed to 930 rpm.
h, Depress field flashing pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
Record generator voltage.
Record engine speed. (1) .
)~
k Record cooling water level in sight glass.
1, Record lube oil level on crankcase dipstick (+ inches, based'n full mark).
m, Verify that panel 9-23>>7 and diesel generator information center are manned.
n Turn diesel generator logic breaker on.
o Reset local alarms.
NOTE: Those RHRSW pumps not aligned for EECW service should be shutdown immediately following verification.
p Verify RHRSW pump Al running annunciator at Pnl, 25&1.
Verify RHRSW pump Cl running annunciator at Pnl 25-41.
r Verify RHRSW pump Al running annunciator at Pnl 9-23-7.
s, Verify RHRSW pump Cl running annunciator at Pnl 9-23-7 ~
t. Verify RHRSW pump D3 running annunciator at Pnl. 25-41.
u, . Verify RHRSW Pump B3 running annunciator at Pnl 25-41.
v Verify RHRSW pump D3 running annunciator at Pnl ~ 9-23-7 ~
w. Verify RHRSW pump B3 running annunciator at Pnl. 9;-23-7.
Verify diesel generator A running annunciator- at Pnl 9<<23-7.
t Verify diesel generator A running annunciator at Pnl. 25-41.
z~ Verify diesel generator A exhaust fan A running (visually) ~
3.6 Shutdown board A controls check.
a -Turn breaker 1818 control selector switch to EMERGENCY position.
1 b Turn breaker 1818 synchronizing switch to ON position.
+Revision / Expected value and tolerance on data sheet'
Page 6 ZZ SI 4.".A.l.a 9/16/75
3. procedure {Continued,)
3.6 Shutdown 'board. A controls check {Continued)
c. Verify governor response 'by turning diesel generator A governor control switch to RAISE and. LOWER positions and, verify frequency increase and. decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
d. Verify voltage regulator response by ~~ ing diesel generator A voltage regulator switch to RAISE and. LOWER positions and. verify voltage increase and, decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
e. Return 'breaker 1818 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
f. Return 'breaker 1818 control selector switch to NCRIV. position.
3.7 Control room controls check
a. Turn breaker 1818 synchronizing switch located. on panel 9-23-7 o
.ON position.
b. Verify governor response by turning diesel generator A governor control switch to RAISE and. LOWER positions and. verify frequency increase and, decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
c. Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator A voltage regulator switch to RAISE and LOWER positions and verify voltage"increase and. decrease respectively on incoming voltmeter.
d. Return 'breaker 1818 synchronizing switch to OPP position.
3.8 Diesel Generator Loading
a. Verify diesel generator A operational mode switch is in PARAIIZL WITH SYSTEM and. associated. mode light is on.
,,b , Turn breaker 1818 synchronizing switch to OE position.
c Adust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in
= .aynchronism with Shutdown Board. A.
il
'I
~ .
4;
Page 7 BP SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Procedure (Continued.)
3.'8 Diesel Generator Loading (Continued.)
d.. Close breaker. 1818.
e. Increase load. to 2500 KW and 1875 KVAR and. maintain this l.
for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months .
3.'9 Fuel and. Lube Oil Check
a. Record. the readings on the following gauges located. on ";."...<
engine control cabinet.
1) Fuel System 1 filter in
2) Fuel System 2 filter in
3) Lube oil engine
4) Lube oil filter in
'b Depress fuel trans er pushbutton no. 1 on engine control cabinet C
and. verify fuel transfer pump 1 runs.
c. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 2 on engine control cabinet and. verify fuel transfer pump 2 runs.
3.10 Diesel generator shutdown
a. Unload, diesel generator A.
b. Pull diesel generator A control switch to STOP position.
c. Verify breaker 1818 tripped..
d. Verify diesel generator speed. dropped. to approximately 450 rpm (engine wiU. stop in approximately 11.5 minutes. )
e Place breaker 1818 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
f. Reset all alarms.
Page 8 BF SI 4.9.>:.l.a 9/16(75 3~ PROCEDURE (Continued) 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time
a. When diesel generator has stopped, station an operator in the diesel generator room with a stop watch. Begin timing when air start motors start .to crank the engine and stop when engine speed levels.
b. Give the diesel generator an automatic start from panel 9-23 or from breaker 1818. Record starting time of diesel generator.
c. Record engine speed and generator voltage.( )
d. Pull diesel generator A control switch to STOP position. (Engine will idle for 11.5 minutes and stop.)
e. When engine stops, reset all alarms on engine control cabinet, pnl 25-41, and pnl 9-23.
3 '2 Return to Normal
a. Return all associated equipment to standby readiness (RHRSW pumps, exhaust fans).
b. Reset all alarms and recognition annunciations.
c. Turn preferred start selector switch to alternate position.
d. Verify that the diesel generator A system is in standby readiness per OI 82.
3.13 Verify by signature and date on Data Cover Sheet that the diesel generator A was tested in accordance with this instruction.
(1)
'Expected value and tolerance on data sheet.
~;
r I
Page 9 3F SI 4.9.A.l.a 5/10/77 ZETA COVER SKEET SI 4.9.A,l.a Diesel Generator Monthly Test
D/G 1 Sc 2A Performed By Assistant Shift Engineer Were criteria satisf ied? Yes Ho If no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (explain in remarks )
Ko (explain in remarks )
Verified by Shift Engineer irate Reason for test:
Maintenance complete on Another system ( ) inoperable Requirei by soheiule Plant condition (explain)
Other (explain)
Results reviewed Electrical Engineer Resu1ts Review and A royal Cognizant Engineer Rescheduled
~ Staff KMARKS
Revision
0' e
Page 10 BF SI 4.9,A-l.a 5/IO/77 SX.4.9.A.l.a DATA SHEET DIESEL CZNERATOR MONTHLY TEST
~D/G 1 S 2A
'I II NOTE: Step numbers correspond to.numbers in the instruction.
Initials/Date 3.1 Annunciator check
a. Engine control cabinet
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
b. Panel 25-41 h
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
c. Panel 9-23-7
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off 3.2 Starting Air
a. Drain valve open-close
~
b. R. B. Pressure Start (175 + 8.75 lb.)
c. R. B. Pressure Stop (200 + 10 lb.)
d. Drain valve open-close
e. L. B. Pressure Start (175 + 8.75 lb.)
.f. L. B. Pressure Stop (200 + 10 lb.)
3.3 Fuel Oil
a. Day tank fuel gals 3.4 Lube Oil and, Cooling Water
a. Water+9 in.
b. Oil visible
Revision
Page BF ll 9.A.l.a SI 4 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued) 3~ Diesel Start INITIALS/I'ATE DATA a,~ Logic breaker off b Governor at low setting
c. Fuel prime - 30 psi
d. Start pushbutton
e. D/G starts f 10 minute idle gi Speed 930 rpm h Field flash Voltage volts
) ~ Speed (905 + 5 rpm) k Water level 1, Oil level
m. 9-23-7 and diesel information center manned n Logic breaker on o Alarms reset ap, RHRSW Al pnl 25-41
q. RHRSW Cl pnl. 25-41
r. RHRSW Al pnl 9-23-7
s, RHRSW. Cl pnl 9-23-7
t RHRSW D3 pnl 25-41
u RHRSW B3 pnl 25-41
v RHRSW D3 pnl 9-23<<7
w< RHRSW B3 pnl 9-23-7 (1) Tolerances for this step are listed since volt'age reached from a manual start is dependent upon prior manipulation of the variable pot controlling voltage levels Ability to regulate voltage and synchronize will serve as acceptance criteria for voltage value.
Revision
Page 12 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 3/2/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Initials/Data 3.5 Diesel Start (Continued)
x. D/G A pnl 9-23-7 D/G A pnl 25-41
z. Exhaust fan A on 3 ' Shutdown board A controls check
a. C. S. in EMERGENCY
b. Syn. sw. ON
c. Governor responds
d. Voltage regulator responds
e. Syn sw. OFF
.f. C. S. in NORMAL 3.7 Control room controls check
a. Syn. sw. ON
b. Governor responds
c. Voltage regulator responds
d. Syn. sw. OFF 3.8 Diesel generator A loading
a. ~ Mode sw, in PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM
b. Syn. sw. ON
c. In sync. with sd. bd. A
d. 1818 close e load >> 2500 KW and 1875 KVAR
+Revision
4 I t 4 4 1
Page 13 BF SX 4'.o:A.l.a 9(16/75 Data Sheet SX 0.9.A.l.a (Continued) lQitials Mt&
3.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check
a. 1) Fuel system 1
2) Fuel system 2
3) Lube oil engine
4) Lube oil filter
b. Pump 1 runs
c. Pump 2 runs 3.10 Diesel generator A shutdown
a. Diesel generator unloaded
b. C. S. in STOP
c. 1818 tripped
d. Speed at 450 rpm
e. Syn. sw. OFF
f. Alarms reset 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start
a. Operator at diesel
b. Diesel generator start. time sec.
c. Speed. (905 + 5 rpm)
Voltage (4350 + 50 volts) volts
d. Control sw. STOP
e. Alarms reset
ci4 I'
l t
I
Page 14 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Ihta Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued.)
Initials Eeta 3.32 Return to Normal'.
Assoc. equipment standby readiness Alarms reset
c. Preferred. start in alternate position Diesel generator A standby readiness REMARKS:
0
~;
~
0
Page 15 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 SI 4.9.A.l.a DIESEL KKEVZOR MOPISHLY TEST D/G B
'1 Precautions
1 1 Do not perform this instruction during a condition calling for operation of the diesel generator.
1;2 Personnel should. use ear protection as applica'ble when running the diesel generator.
2 '2 Panel 9-23-7 and. diesel information center manned.
(2~2 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a, not y the maintenance supervisor (mechanical) or mechanical foreman as to time and. date s~~ eillance instruction is to 'be performed. in order that MMI 6 may 'be performed.
.2 3 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (electrical) or electrical foreman as to time and. date surveillance instruction is to 'be performed, in order that applicable sections of EMI 3 may be performed.
3. 'Procedure 3.1 Annunciator Check
a. Engine Control Cabinet
1) Press annunciator test pushbutton and verify that bell rings and. that full annunciator display panel is illuminated..
2) Press annunciator reset pushbutton and. verify that bell is silenced and annunciator lights go out.
~"
Page 16 BF SI 4.$ .A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3.1 Annunciator Check (Continued) 1
b. Diesel generator information center panel 25-41, section 3
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and, verify that 'buzzer sounds ancL that full annunciator display panel is illuminated..
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and. verify that 'buzzer is silenced. and. annunciator lights go out.
c. Panel 9-23-7, section B
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and, verify that 'buzzer sounds and. that full annunciator display panel is. illmninated..
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and. verify that 'buzzer is silenced. and. annunciator lights go out.
3.2 Starting Air
a. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 1 starts: 0-86-534-3, 535-3, 536-B, 537-3, 538-3. Close the vs.ve.
'b. Record. pressure on "Starting air R.B." gauge on engine control cabinet.(1)
Co Record. pressure on "Starting air R.B." gauge when compressor stops.(1)
Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor Ho. 2 starts: 0-86-516-3, 517-B~ 518-3, 519-B, 520-3. Close the valve.
e. Record, pressure on "Starting air L;B.' gauge on. engine control cabinet.(')
(1)'Expected. value and tolerance on data sheet.
4 0'
Page 17 BF SI 4.9.A.1 a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.'2 Starting Air ('ontinued)
Record. pressure on "Starting air L.B.' gauge when compressor ps (1) 3.3 Fuel oil
a. Record. amount of fuel in day tank.
3 4 Lube oil and, cooling water
a. Verify that water is above 9 in. mark in sight glass on accessory
b. Verify that lube oil is visible on crank case dipstick.
3 5 Diesel Start
a. Turn diesel generator logic breaker off (on 125-volt distribution panel).
b Use governor control on engine control cabinet to move governor to its lowest setting. Verify setting of governor by visual observation of governor setting indicator.
c. Depress fuel prime pushbutton on engine control cabinet until fuel pressure reaches 30 psi.
d,. Depress engine start pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
'. Verify diesel generator starts and, levels out at 450 rpm.
P
f. Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes.
g. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to raise the speed. to 930 'rpm.
h. Depress field. flashing pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
Record. generator voltage.
(1)Expected value and. tolerance on data sheet.
0,
Page 18 BF SE 4 9.A.1 a 9/27/77 3~ Procedure (Continued) .
3 ' Diesel Start (Continued)
Record engine speed. (1)
)~
Record cooling water level in sight glass.
Record lube oil level on crankcase dipstick (+ inches, based on full mark.)
m. Verify that panel 9-23-7 and diesel generator information center are manned.
n. Turn diesel generator logic breaker on.
/
oo Reset local alarms.
NOTE: Those RHRSW pumps not aligned for EECW service should be shutdown immediately following verification.
+p. Verify RHRSW pump B3 running annunciator at pnl 25&1
q Verify RHRSW pump D3 running annunciator at pnl 25-41.
r., Verify RHRSW pump B3 running annunciator at pnl 9-23-7.
s, Verify RHRSW pump D3 running annunciator at pnl 9>>23-7
t Verify RHRSW pump C1 running annunciator at pnl 25-41.
u Verify RHRSW pump Al running annunciator at pnl 25-41.
Verify RHRSW pump Cl running annunciator at pnl 9-23-7.
+w' Verify RHRSW pump Al running annunciator at pnl 9-23-7.
x, Verify diesel generator B running annunciator at pnl 9-23-7.
y Verify diesel generator B running annunciator at pnl 25-41.
z, Verify diesel generator B exhaust fan A running (visually).
3.6 Shutdown board B controls check a, Turn bre'aker 1822 control selector switch to EMERGENCY position.
I b, Turn'breaker 1822 synchronizing switch to'ON position.
C~ Verify governor responseibyWurning diesel'enerator B governor control switch to~SR ~ ;LOWER positions and verify frequency increase and decrease, respectively, on in'coming frequency meter.
(].)
'Expected value and tolerance on data sheet..
Revision
0 J
Page 19 BF SI 4.9.A l.a 9/16/75 Procedure (Continued) 3.'.6 Shutdown board. B controls check (Continued.)
d. Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator B voltage regulator switch to RAISE and LOWER positions and verify voltage increase and. decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
e. Return breaker 1822 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
f. Return 'breaker 1822 control selector switch to NORMAL position.
3.7 Control room controls check
a. Turn breaker 1822 synchronizing switch located. on panel 9-23-7 to ON position.
'b Verify governor response 'by turning diesel generator B governor control switch to RAISE and. LOWER positions and. verify freouency increase and. decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
c. Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator B voltage regulator switch to RAISE and. LOWER positions and. verify voltage increase and. decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
d,. Return 'breaker 1822 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
-3.8 Diesel Generator Loading
a. Verify diesel generator B operational mode switch is in PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM and. associated. mode light is on.
'b. Turn breaker 1822 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Adust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with Shutdown Board B.
d. Close breaker 1822.
e. Increase load to 2500 KW and. 1875 KVAR and maintain this load.
for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months .
0' q ~
i 4'i li
Page 20 BF SZ 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3.9 Fuel and. Lube Oil Check
'I
a. HecorcL the readings on the following gauges located, on the engine control cabinet. 4
1) Fuel System 1 filter in
2) Fuel System 2 filter in
3) Lube oil engine
4) Lube oil filter in
b. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 1 on engine control cabinet and.
verify fuel transfer pump 1 runs.
c. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 2 on engine control cabinet and verify fuel transfer pump 2 runs.
3.10 Diesel generator shutdown
a. Unload. cU.esel generator B.
b. Pull diesel generator B control switch to STOP position.
c. Verify breaker 1822 tripped.
d. Verify diesel generator speed. dropped. to approximately 450 rpm (engine will stop in approximately 11.5 minutes).
e. Place breaker 1622 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
Beset all alarms.
3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time
a. When diesel generator has stopped,, station an operator in the diesel generator room with a stop watch. Begin timing when air C
start motors start to crank the engine and. stop when engine speed.
levels.
,t l'
0 p
('
Page 21 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 3 PROCEDURE (continued) 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time (Continued)
b. Give the diesel generator an automatic start from panel 9-23 or from breaker 1822. Record. starting time of diesel generator.
c. Record engine speed and generator voltage.( ~
d. Pull diesel generator B control switch to STOP position. (Engine will idle for 11.5 minutes and. stop.)
e. When engine stops, reset all alarms on engine control cabinet, panel 25-41 and. panel 9-23.
3.12 Return to Normal
a. Return all associated equipment to standby readiness (RHRSf pumps, exhaust fans).
/
b. Reset all alarms and, recognition ammunciations.
c. Turn preferred, start selector wretch to alternate position.
Verify that the diesel generator B system is in standby readiness per OI 82.
3.13 Verify by signature and. data on Date Cover Sheet that the diesel generator B was tested, in accordance with this instruction.
(1)
Expected value and tolerance on data sheet.
N
~;
Page 22 EF SI 4.9.A.l.a 5/10/77 D)ATA COVER SHEET SI 4.9.A.l.a Diesel Generator Nonth3.y Test
D/G 1 & 28 Performed By Assistant Shift Engineer Mere ~criteria satisfied7 Yes No If no, notify shift engineer.
Lt no, vas a Limiting Condition Zor Operation vioiatedt yes (explain in remarks )
No (explain 'n remarks )
Verified 'by Shift Engineer
'Reason for test:
Maintenance complete on
.Another system ( ) inoperable Required by schedule "
plant condition (explain)
Other (explain)
Results reviewed.
Electrical Engineer Results Review and Amvroval Cognizant Engineer Ihte Rescheduled
'+Revision
Page 23 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 5/10/77 SI 4.9.A.l.a DATA SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR MONTHLY TEST
D/G 1 6c 2B MOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
Initials/Data 3.1 Annunciator check
a. Engine control cabinet
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
b. Panel 25-41
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
c. Panel 9-23-7
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off 3.2 Starting Air
a. Drain valve open-close
b. R. B. Pressure Start (175 + 8.75 lb.)
c. R. B. Pressure Stop (200 + 10 lb.)
d. Drain valve open-close 4 e.. L. B. Pressure Start (175 + 8.75 lb.)
f. L. B. Pressure Stop (200+ 10 lb.)
P3 Fuel Oil
a. Day tank fuel 'al.
Revision
~ ~
Page 24 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4 9 A l.a (Continued)
a. Waterw9 in.
b, Oil visible 3 5 'Diesel Start a 'Logic breaker off
'b Governor at low setting c Fuel prime - 30 psi d, Start pushbutton e D/G starts 10 minute idle
,g, Speed 930 rpm h Field flash Volt ge volts (905 + 5 rpm) rpm "
,) ~ Speed k Water level in.
1 Oil level in m, 9-23-7 and diesel information center manned n Logic breaker on o Alarms reset
p, EGKSW B3 pnl 25-41
q, RHRSW D3 pnl 25%1
ri RHRSW B3 pnl 9-23-7
s RHRSW D3 pnl 25%1 kolerances for this step are not listed since voltage reached from a manual start is dependent upon prior manipulation of the variable pot controlling voltage level.
Ability to regulate voltage and synchronize will serve 'as acceptance criteria for voltage value.
Revision
Page 25 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued) t>
IVI.EIA.LS/KTZ 3.5 Dieeel Start (Continued)
t RHRSW Cl pnl 25<<41
u RHRSW Al pnl 25-41 RHRSW Cl pnl 9-23-7 REBtSV Al pnl 9-23-7 x D/G B pnl 9-23>>7 y D/G B pnl 2541 z Exhaust fan A on 3 6 Shutdown board B controls check a~ C~ S, in EMERGENCY
b. Syn. sw. ON c Governor responds d; Voltage regulator responds Syn sw. OFF C, S. in NORlfAL 3 ' Control room controls check a, Syn. sw. ON 5; Governor responds c', Voltage regulator responds Syn. sw. OFF
'x 3,8 Diesel generator B loading a, Mode sw. in PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM b: Syn. sw. ON Ce In sync. with sd. bd, B
+Revision
n 0'
O.
Page 26 1P SI 4.9.A.1..a .
9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued,)
Initials Data 3.8 Diesel generator 3 loading (Continued)
d. 1822 close
e. Load - 2500 I57 and. 1875 KVAR 3.9 Fuel and. Lube Oil Check
a. 1) Fuel system 1
2) Fuel system 2
3) Lube oil engine
4) Lube oil filter 4 ~
b. Pump 1 runs
c. Pump 2 runs 3.10 Diesel generator 3 shutdown
a. Diesel generator unloaded
'b. C. S. in STOP 4 ~
c. 1822 tripped,
d. Speed. at 450 rpm
e. Syn. sw. OFF
f. Alarms reset 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time Xe
a. Operator at diesel
'b. Diesel generator start time c.. Speed (.905 + 5 rpm)
Voltage (4350 + 50 volts)
d. Control sw. STOP .
e. Alarms reset I
F
~,
I
'I A
Page 27 BF SI 4.9.A.1.a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.1.a {Continued)
Initia1s Data 3.32:Return to Norma1
a. Assoc. equipment standby readiness
'b. Alarms reset c Preferred start in alternate position
d. Diesel generator B standby readiness HBfARKS:
Page 28 3P SI. 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 SI 4'9 A.l.a DIESEL GIZKRATOR MONTHLY TEST D/G C
1. Precautions 1.1 Do not perform this instruction during a condition calling for operation of the diesel generator.
1.2 Personnel should. use ear protection as applicable vhen running the cLLesel generator.
2. Prereauisites 2.1 Panel 9-23-8 and. diesel information center manned.
2.2 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a,'otify the'maintenance supervisor
-(mechanical) or mechanical foreman as t'o time and date surveillance T
instruction is to be performed. in order'that MMI 6 may be performed,.
2.3 .-Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (electrical) or electrical foreman as to time and. date surveillance instruction is to be performed. in order that applicable sections of
=EMI 3 may 'be performed.
3. Proced.ure 3.1 -Annunciator Check
a. Engine Control Cabinet
1) Press annunciator test pushbutton and, verify that bell rings and that full annunciator cLisplay panel is illundzmted.
2) Press annunciator reset pushbutton and. verify that bell is silenced and. annunciator lights go out.
0 Page 29 BF SX 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3.1 Annunciator Check (Continued.)
'b. Diesel generator information center - panel 25-41, section C
>> Turn annunciator switch to test and. verify that buzzer sounds and, that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Press annunciator switch to reset and. verify that buzzer is
,silenced and. annunciator lights go out.
c. Panel 9-23-8, section C
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and. verify that 'buzzer sounds and. that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and. verify that 'buzzer is silenced. and. annunciator lights go out.
3.2 Starting Air
a. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 1 starts: 0-86-534-C, 535-C, 536-C, 537-C, 538-C. Close the valve.
b. Record. pressure on "Starting air R.B." gauge on engine control cabinet.(1)
c. Record. pressure on "Starting air R.B. " gauge on engine control cabinet. (')
d,. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until conrpressor No. 2 starts: 0-86-516-C,, 517-C, 518-C, 519-C, 520-C. Close- the valve.
e. Record. pressure on "Starting air L;B;" gauge on engine control cabinet.(>>
f Record. pressure on tf Starting air L.B." lt gauge when compressor stops. (1)
(>>Expected. value t~
and, tolerance on data sheet,.
p/
V
Page 30 3F SI 4 o:A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3- Fuel oil
a. Record. amount of fuel in day tank.
3.4 Lube oil and. cooling water
a. Verify that water is above 9 in. mark in sight glass on accessory
b. Verify that lube oil is visible on crankcase dipstick.
3.5 Diesel Start
a. Turn diesel generator logic breaker off (on 325-volt distribution panel).
b. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to move governor to its lowest setting. Veri y setting of governor by Usual observation of governor setting indicator.
c. Depress fuel prime pushbutton on engine control ca'binet until fuel pressure reaches 30 psi.
d. Depress engine start pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
e. Verify diesel generator starts and. levels out at 450 rpm.
Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes.
g. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to raise the speed. to 930 rpm.
h. Depress field. flashing pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
Record. generator voltage.
Record engine speed.
(1)
k. Record. cooling water level in sight glass.
1. Record, lube oil level on crankcase dipstick (+ inches, 'based. on full mark.)
Expected,value and. tolerance on data sheet.
I
~,
Page 31'F SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/27/77 3 Procedure (Continued) 9 5 'D'iesel Start (Continued) m, Verify that panel 9-23-8 and diesel generator information center are manned.
n Turn diesel generator logic breaker on.
o+ Reset local alarms, NOTE: Those RHRSW pumps not aligned for EECW service should be shutdown immediately following annunciator verification.
ap Verify RHRSW pump B3 running annunciator at pnl 25-41
'q Verify RHRSW pump D3 running annunciator at pnl 25-41 Verify RHRSW running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8.
'r, pump B3
+s ~ Verify RHRSW pump D3 running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8 ~
MD Verify RHRSW pump Cl running annunciator at pnl 25-41.
'+n Verify RHRSW pump Al running annunciator at pnl 25-41.
Verify RHRSW pump Cl running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8.
Verify RHRSW pump Al running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8 ~
x, Verify diesel generator C running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8 ~
y, Verify diesel generator C running annunciator at pnl 25>>41.
z Verify diesel generator C exhaust fan A running (visually) ~
3 6 Shutdown board C controls check a Turn breaker 1812 control selector switch to EMERGENCY position.
b 'urn breaker 1812 synchronizing switch to ON position.
Co Verify governor response by turning diesel generator C governor control switch to RAISE and LOWER positions and verify frequency increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
r, d, Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator voltage regulator switch to RAISE and LOWER positions and verify voltage increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter e Return breaker 1812 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
f, Return breaker 1812 control selector switch to NORMAL position.
+Revision
~ .
Page 32 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.7 Control room controls check
a. Turn breaker 1832 synchronizing switch located. on panel 9-23-8 to ON position. h
) b. Verify governor response by turning diesel generator C governor control switch to RAISE and. LOWER positions and verify frequency increase and. decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
c. Verify voltage regulator response 'by turning diesel generator C voltage regulator switch to RAISE and. IDWZR positions and. verify voltage increase and. decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
d. Return breaker 18l2 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
3.8 Diesel, Generator Loading
a. Verify diesel generator C operational mode switch is in PAfUQZZL MlTH SYSTEM and, associated. mode light is on.
'b. Turn breaker 1812 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Adust frequency and. voltage until the cU.esel generator is in synchronism with Shutdown Board. C.
d.. Close breaker 1812.
e. Increase load to 2500 I6l and. 1875 IUTAR and maintain this load, for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months .
3.9 Fuel and. Lube Oil Check
a. Record. the readings on the foU.owing gauges located. on the engine control cabinet.
1) Fuel System 1 filter in
2) Fuel System 2 f~er in ve
3) Lube oil..engine~"
4) Lube oil filter M
V, Page 33 BF SI 0.9-A.3..a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.9 Fuel and. Lube Oil Check (Continued) b Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 1 on engine control cabinet and, verify fuel transfer pump 1 runs.
c. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 2 on engine control cabinet and verify fuel transfer pump 2 runs.
3.10 Diesel generator shutdown and return to normal
a. Unload. diesel generator C.
Pull diesel generator C control switch to STOP position.
c. Verify breaker 1812 tripped.
d. Verify diesel generator speed dropped to approximately 450 ~
(engine will stop in approximately 11.5 minutes.
e. Place breaker 1832 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
'I
f. Reset all alarms.
3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time a When diesel generator has stopped,, station an operator in the diesel generator room with a stop watch. Regin timing when air start motors start to crank the engine and, stop when engine speed levels.
b. Give the diesel generator an automatic start from panel 9-23 or from breaker 1812. -
Record starting time of diesel generator.
c. Record. engine 'speed. and generator voltage. (1) d,. BQ3. diesel generator C contxol switch to STOP position. (Engine will idle for 11.5 minutes and stop.
e. When engine stops, reset all alarms on engine control cabinet, pnl 25-41, and. pn1 9-23.
I Expected, value and tolerance on data sheet.
Page,34 3F SI 4 ~ .o:A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3.32 Return to Normal
a. Return aU. associated. equipment to standby readiness (REKSW pumps, exhaust fans).
,b Reset a13. alarms and..recognition annunciations.
c. Turn preferred. start selector switch to alternate position.
d. Verify that the cUesel generator C system is in standby readiness per OX 82.
3.13 Verify by signature and. date on Zhta Cover Sheet that the diesel
- generator C was tested, in accordance with this instruction.
~:
J
Page gg BF SI 4.9.A.3..a 5/10/77 MTA COVER SHEET SI 0.9.Ael a diesel Generato monthly Test
'i
D/G 1 Sc 2C L
?
1 Performed By Assistant Shift Engineer I
jl ~
Were criteria satisf ies? Yes 'iVc i
If no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (explain in 1
remrks )
No (explain in remarry )
Verified. 'by Shif ~ Engineer Reason for test:
- Maintenance complete on Another system ( ) inoperable Required.'by schedule Plant condition (explain)
Other (explain)
Results reviewed.
Electrical ~ineer Resu1ts Review 'and A nroval Cognizant Engineer Rescheduled Ih,te KYAR KS
Revision
Page 36 BF SI 4.9.A.2..a 5/lo/77 SI 4.9.A.l.a DATA SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR MONTHLY TEST
D/G 1 Sc 2C NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
Initials/Data 3.1 Annunciator check
a. Engine control cabinet
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
b. Panel 25-41
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
c. Panel 9-23-8
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off Starting Air
a. Drain valve open-close
b. R. B. Pressure
~ Start (175 + 8.75 lb.)
c. R. B. Pressure Stop (200 + 10 lb.)
d. Drain valve open-close
e. L. B. Pressure Start (175 + 8.75 lb.)
f. L. B. Pressure,.Stop {200 + 10 lb.)
3 3 Fuel Oil
a. Day tank fuel
~Revision
e; Page 3(
aF Sr 4.9....l.a 9/Q.6/75 r
Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a,(Continued)
Initials/Data 3.4 Lube oil and Cooling Water
a. Water ~ 9 in.
b. Oil visible 3.5 Diesel Start
a. Logic breaker off Governor at low setting
c. Fuel prime - 30 psi d,. Start pushbutton '.
e. D/G Starts
f. 10 minute id1e
g. Speed, 930 rpm
h. Field flash
~
Voltage volts Speed (905 + 5 rpm)
k. Water level in.
1. Oil level in.
m. 9-23-8 and diesel information center manned
n. Logic breaker on
o. Alarms reset
~ ~Tolerances for this step are not listed since voltage reached from a manual start is dependent upon prior manipulation'f the variable pot controlling voltage levels Ability to regulate voltage and synchronize will serve as acceptance criteria for voltage value
'I Page 38 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Initials/csee
~ 3.5 Diesel Start (Continued)
RHRSW B3 pnl 25-41 RHRSW D3 pnl 25-41
r, RHRSW B3 pnl 9-23-8
+s RHRSW D3 pnl 9-23-8
t ~ RHRSW Cl pnl 25<<41 RHRSW Al pnl 25-41
+v RHRSW Cl pnl 9-23-8 RHRSW Al pnl 9-23-8 x D/G C pnl 9-23-8 y D/G C pnl 25&1 z Exhaust fan A on 3 ' Shutdown board C controls check a C. S. in EMERGENCY
b. Syn. sw. ON c Governor responds d Voltage regulator responds e Syn, sw. OFF
-C. S. in NORMAL 3 7 Control room controls check a Syn. sw. ON be Governor responds cd Voltage regulator responds
d. Syn. sw. OFF 3 ' Diesel generator C loading
a. Mode sw. in PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM b, Syn. ew..ON c .,La sync with sd. bd. C l
+Revision
~ i Page 39 3F SX 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SX 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
~8 Diesel generator C loading (Continued.)
d. 9.'812 close ce. Zuad - 2500 IÃ and 1875 KYAR P.'9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check
,a. 1) Fuel system 1
'2) Fuel system 2
3) Lube oil engine 0;>) Lube oil filter Pump 1 runs
c. Pump 2 runs 3 3.'0 'IK~esel generator C shutdown
a. IMmsel generator unloaded
b. C. S. in STOP
c. 3.'812 tripped.
d. - Speed at 4/0 rpm
e. Syn. sw. OFF Alarms reset Q.ll:Diesel generator automatic start time ta. Operator at diesel
b. Diesel generator start time sec.
c. Speed (90$ + 5 rpm)
Voltage (43/0 + 50 volts ) volts
d. Control sw. STOP
e. Alarms reset
Page 40 BF SX 4.9 A.l.a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Enitials Data 3.32 Return to Normal
a. Assoc. equipment standby readiness
b. Alarms reset
c. Preferred. start in alternate position
d. Diesel generator C standby readiness KRARKS '
I',
1 L
Page 41 3P SI 4.9.A.1.a 9/16/75 SX 4.9.A.l.a DIESEL G1MZATOR MONTHLY TEST D(G D
1. Precautions 1.1 Do not perform this instruction during a condition calling for operation of the diesel generator.
1.2 Personnel should. use ear protection as applicable when nmning the l
diesel generator.
2; Prereauisites 2.1 Panel 9-23-8 and diesel information center manned,.
2.2 Prior to performing SX 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (mechanical) or mechanical foreman as to time and. date surveillance instruction is to be performed. in or6er that MKK 6 may be performed.
2.3 Prior to performing SX 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (electrical) or electrical foreman as to time and date surveillance instruction is to 'be performed so that applicable sections of EM1 3 may be performed..
3.. Procedure 3.3. Annunciator Check
a. Engine Control Cabinet
1) Press annunciator test pushbutton and. verify that be%. rings and. that full annunciator display panel is illuminated,.
2) Press annunciator reset pushbutton and. verify that be%. is silenced and. annunciator lights go out.
l,
~ .
Page 42 BF S3: 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3. Annunciator Check (Continued)
'b. Diese3. generator information center - panel 25-41, section D
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and. verify that buzzer sounds and that full annunciator display pane3. is illuminated..
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and. verify that 'buzzer is silenced. and, annunciator lights go out.
c. Panel 9-23-8, section D
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and, verify that 'buzzer sounds and. that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and. verify that 'buzzer is silenced. and. annunciator lights go out.
/
3.2 Starting Air
a. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 1 starts: 0-86-534.-D, 535-D, 536-D, 537-D, 538-D. Close the valve.
b. Record. pressure on "Starting air R.B." gauge on engine control mbinet. (1)
c. Record pressure on II Starting air R;B. ll
~ ~
gauge when compressor stops. . (1)
',. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 2 starts: 0-86-516-D, 517-D, 518-D, 519-D, 520-D. Close the valve.
e. Record pressure on "Starting air L;B. " gauge on engine control, Record pressure on II Starting air L.B; It gauge when compressor stops. (1)
(1)'Expected. value and. tolerance on data sheet
1I 0
Page "3 3F Sl 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Fuel oil l
a. Record amount of fuel in day 3.4 Lube oil and cooling water
a. Verify that water is above 9 in. mark in sight glass on accessory, rack.
'b. Verify that lube oil is visible on crank case dipstick.
3.5 Diesel Start
a. Turn diesel generator logic 'breaker off (on 125-volt distribution panel).
Use governor control on engine control cabinet to move governor to its lowest setting. Verify setting of governor by visual observation of governor setting indicator.
c., Depress fuel prime pushbutton on engine control cabinet until fuel pressure reaches 30 psi.
d. Depress engine start pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
e. Verify diesel generator starts and levels out at 450 rpm.
f. Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes.
g. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to raise the speed. to 930 rpm.
h. Depress field flashing pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
Record generator voltage.
Record, engine speed.
(1)
F"
k. Record cooling water level in sight glass.
(1)Expected value and tolerance on data sheet;
0
Page 44 BF SI 4.9.A.l a 9/27/77 3~ Procedure (Continued) 3 ' Diesel Start (Continued)
Record lube oil level on crankcase dipstick (+ inches, based on full'ark.)
m, Verify that panel 9-23-8'nd diesel generator information center are manned. lf I
n, Turn diesel generator logic breaker on.
o, Reset local alarms.
NOTE: Those RHRSW pumps not aligned for EECW service should be shutdown immediately following annunciator verification.
Verify RHRSN pump Al running annunciator at pnl 25-41 Verify RHRSN pump Cl running annunciator at pnl 25-41. 'q~
r Verify RHRSN pump Al running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8 ~
s Verify RHRSN pump Cl running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8.
t, Verify RHRSW pump D3 running annunciator at pnl 25-41 ~
u. Verify RHRSW pump B3 running annunciator at pnl 25-41
'v Verify RHRSW pump D3 running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8.
Verify RHRSW pump B3 running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8.
x. Verify diesel generator D running annunciator at pnl 9-23-8.
y. Verify diesel generator D running annunciator at pnl 25-41,
z. Verify diesel generator D exhaust fan A running (visually).
3,6 Shutdown board D controls check a, Turn breaker 1816 control selector switch to EI'ERGENCY position, b Turn breaker 1816 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c Verify governor response by turning diesel generator D governor control switch to RAISE and LONER positions and verify frequency I
increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
d, Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator D voltage regulator switch to RAISE and LONER positions and verify voltage increase ~B .decrease, respectively, on incoming :,
Revis io voltmeter. pW e
I
'1
,4 0.
Page 45 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.6 Shutdown board D controls check (Continued,)
e. Return breaker 1816 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
f. Return 'breaker 1816 control selector switch to NORMAL position.
3.7 Control room controls cheque
a. Turn breaker 1816 synchronizing switch located. on panel 9-23-8 to ON position.
b. Verify governor response 'by turning diesel generator D governor control switch to RAISE and IVER positions and verify frequency increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
c. Verify voltage regulator response 'by turning diesel generator D switch to positions and verify
/ regulator voltage RAISE and EOWZR voltage increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
d. Return 'breaker 1816 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
3.8 Diesel generator loading
a. Verify diesel generator D operational mode switch in PARALLlK HATH SYSTB4 and. associated. mode light is on.
'b. Turn 'breaker 1816 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Adjust frequency and. voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with Shutdown Board D.
d. Close breaker 1816.
e. Increase load. to 2500 KW and 1875 KVAR and maintain this load f'r 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months .
Page 46 BF SX 0.9:A.l.a 9/16/TS
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check
a. Record. the readings on the following gauges located on the engine control cabinet.
1) Fuel System 1 filter in
2) Fuel System 2 filter in
3) Lube oil engine
0) Lube oil filter in
b. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 1 on engine control cabinet and verify fuel transfer pump 1 runs.
c. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 2 on mgine control cabinet and. verify fuel transfer pump 2 runs.
3.10 Diesel generator shutdown
a. Unload diesel generator D.
b. Pull diesel generator D control switch to STOP position.
c. Verify breaker 1816 tripped,.
Verify diesel generator speed dropped to approximately 450 rpn (engine will stop in approximately 11.5 minutes. ).
e. Place breaker 1816 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
f. Reset a11 alarms.
3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time a, When diesel generator has stopped, station an operator in the diesel generator room with a stop watch. Begin timing when air start motors start to crank the engine and. stop when engine speed levels.
0 4*
~'
Page 47 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time ,(Continued)
b. Give the diesel generator an automatic start from panel 9-23 or from breaker 1816. Record starting time of diesel generator. (1)
c. Record engine speed and generator voltage.
d. Pull diesel generator D control switch to STOP position. (Engine will idle for 11.5 minutes and stop).
e. When engine stops, reset all alarms on engine control cabinet, panel 25-41, and. panel 9-23.
3.12 Return to Normal
a. Return all associated equipment to standby readiness (HHR%J pumps, exhaust fans).
b. Reset all alarms and recognition annunciations.
c. Turn preferred. start selector switch to alternate position.
d. Verify that the diesel generator D system is in standby readiness
, per OX 82.
3.13 Verify 'by signature and date on Data Cover Sheet that the diesel generator D was tested in accordance with this instruction.
(1)Expected va1ue and. tolerance on data sheet.
0"
'I I
Page 48 BF SI 4.g.A.l.a, 5/10/77 MTA COVER SHEET SI 4.9.A.l.a Diesel Generator Monthly Test
D/G 1 8 2D I 'I Performed. By Kate Assistant Shift ihgineer Vere criteria satisfied? Yes No If no, notify shift engineer. l If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (explain in remarks)
No (explain in remark )
Verified, by Shift Engineer Reason for test:
Maintenance complete on Another system ( ) inoperable Required.'by schedule Plant concLLtion (explain)
Other (explain)
Results reviewed Electrical Engineer r
Results Review and. Az royal Cognizant Engineer Rescheduled QA Staff REMARKS
Revision
0 0
Page 49 BF SX 4,9.A.l.a 5/10/77 SI 4.9.A.l.a DATA SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR 'iifONTHLY TEST
D/G 1 S 2D NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
Initials/Date 3.1 Annunciator check
a. Engine control cabinet
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
b. Panel 25-41
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
c. Panel 9-23-8
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off 3.2 Starting Air
a. Drain valve open-close
o. R. B. Pressure Start, (175 + 8.75 lb.)
c. R. B. Pressure Stop (200 + 10 lb.)
d. Drain valve open-close
e. L. B. Pxessure Start, (175 + 8.75 lb.)
f. L. B. Pxessure Stop (200 + 10 lb.)
3.3 Fuel Oil
a. Day tank fuel gal.
+Revision
0 Page 50 BF SI 4.9.A.3..a 9/27/V'I Data Sheet SX 4.9.R.l.a (Continued)
INZLIALS/MTE 3.4 Lube Oil and Cooling Water
.a. Mater ~ 9 in.
h. Oil visible 3-5 Diesel Start
a. Togic breaker off
b. Governor at low setting
c. Fuel prime - 30 psi
d. Start pushbutton
e. D/G Starts 10 minute idle .
g. Speed, 930 rpm
h. Field flash
i. Voltage ~ ~ vo3 ts Speed (905 + 5 rpm)
k. Mater level
l. Oil level
m. 9-23-8 and diesel information center manned.
n. Logic breaker on
o. Alarms reset RHRSlJ Al pnl 25-41 RHRSW Cl pnl 25<1 t
Tolerances for this step are not listed since voltage reached from a manual start is dependent upon prior manipulation 'of The variable pot controlling voltage level Ability to regulate voltage and synchronize will serve as
~
acceptance criteria for voltage value L
Revis ion
U'
~ f rw
Page 51 BF SI 4.9,A.l.a 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
INITIALS/BAT" 3~' Diesel Start (Continued)
r ~ RHRSW Al pnl 9-23-8
s RHRSW Cl pnl 9-23-8
t, RHRSW 93 pnl 25&1
u, RHRSW B3 pnl 25&1
v RHRSW D3 pnl 9-23-8 RHRSW B3 pnl 9-23-8 x D/G D pnl 9-23-8
y. D/G D pnl 25-41 z Exhaust fan A on 3 6 Shutdown board D controls check a CD S. in EMERGENCY b~ Syn. sw. ON
c. Governor responds d Voltage regulator responds e Syn. sw. OFF f C, S, in NORMAL 3 ' Control room controls check a..Syn. sw. ON b Governor responds
c. Voltage regulator responds d, Syn. sw. OFF 3 8 Diesel generator D loading Mode sw. in PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM b.= = Syn. sw 'ON c - In sync mith sd. bd. D
Revision
11, 0
0
~ ~
~ ~ ~ "~
~ 5 - - ~- - = ~ ) ~ ~ s~ ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~ ~~ I - ~ ~ ~
I ~ ~-
~ ~ ~ p
~ ~
II ~
~ ~ -=- ~-e- ~ ~ ~ ~
~
- - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
I ~ '
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ 11
~: ~
I 0 ~ I t ~- ~ - ~
I ~ ~
~
~ ~ ~ II
~
~ ~ ~
P
~ I ~ ~
~g
'~
0 Page 53 BF SI 4.9.A.l a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Initials Data 3.32 Return to Normal
a. Assoc. equipment standby readiness
b. Alarms reset c, Preferred start in alternate position d,. Diesel generator D standby readiness MMARKS:
0:
0
Page 5<
BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 SI 4.9.A.l.a DIESEL GENKRTOR MOÃZHLY TEST D/G 3A
1. Precautions 1.1 Do not perform this instruction during a condition calling for operation of the diesel generator.
1.2 Personnel should use ear protection as applicable when running the diesel generator.
2.1 Panel 3-9-23 and shutdown board, room 3EA manned.
2.2 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (mechanical) or mechanical foreman as to time and date surveillance instruction is to be performed in order that MMI 6 may be performed,.
2.3 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (electrical) or electrical foreman as to time and. date surveillance instruction is to be performed in order that applicable sections of EMI 3. may be performed.
3. Pro ced.ure 3.1 Annunciator Check
a. Engine Control Cabinet
1) Press annunciator test pushbutton and verify that bell rings and. that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Press annunciator reset pushbutton and. verify that 'bell is silenced. and annunciator lights go out.
P Page 55
, P' 4.9.A.l.a
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.1 Annunciator Check (Continued)
b. Shutdown Board. room 3EA
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and verify that buzzer sounds and that full annunciator. display panel is illuminated.
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and verify that buzzer is silenced and. annunciator lights go out.
I
c. Panel 3-9-23
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and verify that buzzer sounds and that full annuncia or display panel is illuminated.
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and verify that buzzer is silenced and annunciator lights go out.
3.2 Starting Air
a. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 1 starts: 0-86-584-3A, 585-3A, -586-3A, -587-3A, 588-3A..
Close the valve.
b. Record. pressure on "Starting air R.B; " gauge on engine control cabinet.(')
c., Record. pressure on "Starting air R.B. " gauge when compressor stops.(
d. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 2 starts: 0-86-566-3A, -567-3A, -568-3A., 569-3A, -570-3A.
Close the valve.
e. 'ecord pressure on "Starting air L.B. " gauge on engine control cabinet.(1)
Record pressure on II Starting air L.B. gauge when compressor stops. (1)
(1)Expected value and tolerance on data sheet;
Page 56 3F Sl 4.y'.A.2..a 9/16/75 ',
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Fuel oil
a. Record. amount of fuel in day tank.
3.4 Lube oil and. cooling water
a. Verify that water is above 9 in. mark in sight glass on accessory
'I rack.
b. Verify that lube oil is visible on crankcase dipstick.
3.5 Diesel Start a Turn diesel generator logic 'breaker off (on 125-volt distribution panel).
b. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to move governor to its lowest setting. Verify setting of governor 'by visual observation of governor setting indicator.
c. Depress fuel prime pushbutton on engine control cabinet until fuel pressure reaches 30 psi.
d. Depress engine start pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
Verify diesel generator starts and levels out at 450 rpm.
f. Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes.
g. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to raise the speed. to 930 rpm.
h. Depress field flashing pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
Record generator voltage.
Record engine speed.. (1)
k. Record. cooling water level in sight glass.
Record lube oil level on crankcase dipstick (+ inches, based, on 1
full mark).
value and. tolerance on data sheet.
il e' ~
Page 57 3F SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3.5 Diesel Start (Continued.)
m. Verify that panel 3-9-23 and shutdown board room 3EA are manned.
n. Turn diesel generator logic breaker on.
o. Reset local a1arms.'
"p. Verify HHR%1 pump A3 running annunciator at Pnl. 3-9-23.
+q. Verify RHRSt/ pump C3 running annunciator at Pnl. 3-9-23.
"r. Verify RHRSV pump Bl running annunciator at Pnl. 3-9-23.
s. Verify RHRSW pump Dl running annunciator at Pnl. 3-9-23.
Verify diesel generator 3A running annunciator at Pal. 3-9-23.
u. Verify diesel generator 3A running annunciator at shutdown board room 3EA.
v. Verify diesel generator 3A exhaust fan A running (visually).
3.6 Shutdown board 3EA controls check
a. Turn breaker 1838 control selector switch and CS43-3A to EMERGENCY position.
b. Turn breaker 1838 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Verify governor response 'by turning diese1 generator 3A governor control switch to MISE and LGHZR positions and verify frequency increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
d. Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator 3A voltage regulator switch to MISE and LSlER positions and verify voltage increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
e. Return breaker 1838 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
Return breaker 1838 cpntrol selector switch and CS43-3A to NORMAL position.
Revision
4~
Page 58 3P SI 4.9.A.3..a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.'7 Control room controls check
a. Turn breaker 1838 synchronizing switch located on panel 3-9-23 to ON position.
b. Verify governor response by turning diesel generator 3A governor control switch to RAISE and LOVER positions and verify freauency increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
c. Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator 3A voltage regiLator switch to RAISE and LOWER positions and verify voltage increase and. decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
d. Return 'breaker 1838 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
,3.8 Diesel Generator Loading
/
a. Verify diesel generator 3A operational mode switch is in PKQEZZL WITH SYSTEM and associated mode light is on.
b. Turn breaker 1838 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Adust frequency and. voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with Shutdown Board 3EA.
d. Close 'breaker 1838.
e. Incr'ease load to 2/00 KM and 187$ KVAR and maintain this load for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months .
3.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check
a. Record the readings on the following gauges located on the engine control cabinet.
1) Fuel System 1 filter in
2) Fuel System 2 filter in
3) Lube oil engine 4:) Lube oil filter in
0 4-
Page 59 BF SI 4.9 A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check (Continued)
b. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 1 on engine control cabinet ancl verify fuel transfer pump 1 runs.
c. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 2 on engine control cabinet and.
verify fuel transfer pump 2 runs.
3.10 Diesel generator shutdown
a. Unload. diesel generator 3A.
b. Pull diesel generator 3A control switch to STOP position.
c. Verify breaker 1838 tripped.
/
d,. Verify diesel generator speed. dropped. to approximately 450 rpm (engine will stop in approximately 11.5 minutes).
e. Place breaker 1838 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
Reset all alarms.
3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time
a. When diesel generator has stopped,, station an operator in the diesel generator room with a stop watch. Begin timing when air start motors start to crank the engine and stop when engine speed.
levels.
b. Give the diesel generator an automatic start from panel 3-9-23 or from breaker 1838. Record, starting time of diesel generator.
c. Record. engine speed. and generator voltage. (1)
Pull diesel generator 3A control switch to STOP position. (Engine will idle for 11.5 minutes and. stop.)
e. When engine stops, reset all alarms on engine control cabinet.,
pnl. 3-9-23 and shutdown board. room 3EA.
h
)~ected.value and tolerance on data sheet; gj,
Page 6O Zp SX 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) l 3.12 Return to Normal 'I 1
a. Return all associated equipment to standby readiness {RHRSV pumps, exhaust fans ) i
b. Reset all alarms and recognition annunciations.
c. Turn preferred start selector switch to a1ternate position.
Verify that, the diesel generator 3A system is in standby readiness f
per OX 82.
3~3 Verify by signature and. date on Xhta Cover Sheet that the diesel generator 3A was tested in accordance with this instruction.
Pag~e 61 4 ~ 0 ~ A ~ 1, 9/16/75 MTA CO'QR SHEET SI 4.9.A.l.a Diesel Generator 1!onthly'Test lD/G .3A I
Performed. By Ihte Assistant Shift Engineer Vere criteria satisfied? Yes No Xf no, notify shift engineer.
t Xf'o, vas a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (enpLQln in remarks)
No (ex~Win re~wrw )
i Verified. by Shift Engineer In,te Reason for test:
hwintenance complete on Another system ( ) inop rable Required. by schedule Plant condition (explain)
Other (ex~lain)
Results reviewed Ice Electrical Engineer Results Heviev and Av royal Cognizant Engineer Rescheduled Staff ~
Ihte REMAKES
a Page 62 BP SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 SI 0.9.A.l.a DATA SHEET Diesel Generator monthly Test D/G 3A NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
Initials/Data 3.1 Annunciator check
a. Engine control cabinet 1)" annunciator 'bell and. light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
b. Shutdown Board Room 3EA
1) annunciator bell and. light on
2) annunciator 'bell and. light off
c. Panel 3-9-23
1) snnnncistor bell snd,light on
2) annunciator bell and. light off 3.2 Starting Air
. a. Drain 'valve open-close
b. R B; Pressure Start (175 + 5 lb. )
c. R; B; Pressure Stop (200+, 5 lb.)
d. Drain valve open-close
e. L; B; Pressure Start (175 + 5 lb.)
L.'. Pressure Stop (200 + 5 lb.)
Fuel Oil
a. Day tank fuel
'4 Page 63 BF Sl 4,o A.l.a 9/27/77 Data Sheet SX 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
ZmzmmLS/D~Z 3.4 Lube Oil and Cooling Water
a. Water ~ 9 in.
b. Oil visible 3.5 Diesel Start
a. Logic breaker off
'b. Governor at low setting
c. Fuel prime - 30 psi
d. Start pushbutton
e. D/G starts 10 minute idle
g. Speed 930 rpm
h. Field flash
.-."(') volts Speed. (905 +5 rpm)
k. Water level Oil level
m. 3-9-23 and shutdown 'board. room 3EA
n. Logic breaker on
o. Alarms reset
p. RHRSW A3 pnl 3-9-23
q. RERSW C3 pnl 3-9-23
r KiRSW Bl pnl 3-9-23
s. RHRSW Dl pnl 3-9-23
1) Tolerances for this step are not listed. since voltage reached from a manual
Revisio start is dependent upon prior manipulation of the variable pot controlling voltage level. Ability to regulate voltage and. synchronize will serve as, acceptance criteria for voltage value.
0 Page 64 BF SI 4.9.A.1.a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Initials Zeta 3.5 Diesel Start (Continued.)
D/G 3A pnl 3-9-23
u. D/G 3A pnl shutdown board room 3EA
v. Exhaust fan A on 3.6 Shutdown board 3ZA controls check
a. C.S.'s in EMERGENCY Syn. sw. ON
c. Governor responds Voltage regulator responds
e. Syn. sw. OFF C.S.'s in NORMAL 3.7 Control room controls check
a. Syn. sw. ON
-'b. Governor responds
. c. Voltage regulator responds
d. Syn. sw. OFF 3.8 Diesel generator 3A loading
a. Mode sw. in PARAIZJ.'L WITH SYSTEM
b. Syn. sw. ON Co In sync. with sd. 'bd. 3EA d1 1838 close
e. Load. - 2/00 KW and 1875 KVAR
0 1-)
)
'tC IE
Page 65 P~ P ).9.A.l.a Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Initials Ehta 3.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check
a. 1) Fuel system 1
2) Fuel system 2
3) tube oil engine
4) Lube oil filter
b. Pump 1 runs
c. Pump 2 runs 3.3.0 Diesel generator 3A shutdown
a. Diesel generator unloaded
b. C.S. in STOP
c. 1838 tripped
d. Speed at 450 rpm
e. Syn. sw. OFF Alarms reset 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start
a. Operator at diesel
b. Diesel generator start time sec.
c. Speed (905 +5 rpm)
Voltage (4350 + 50 volts) volts
d. Control sw. STOP
e. Alarms reset
e.
Page 66 BF SI 4.9 A.l.a 9/16/7S Etta Sheet SI 4.9.A.1.a (Continued)
Initia1s Data 3.22 Return to Normal
a. Assoc. equipment standby readiness
b. Alarms reset
c. Preferred, start in a1ternate position
d. diesel generator 3A standby readiness REMARKS
0
~'
Page 67 BF SI 4.9.A.2..a 9/16/75 S I 4.9.A.l.a DIESEL (22HMZOR MONTHLY ~T D/G 3B I
I I
I
1. Precautions 1.1 Zo not perform this instruction during a 'condition calling for operation of the diesel'enerator.
1.2 Personnel should use ear protection as applicable when running the I
diesel generator.
2 . Prereauisites 2.1 Panel 3-9-23 and shutdown board room 3EB manned.
2.2 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (mechanical) or mechanical foreman as to time and date surveillance instruction is to be performed in order that MMI 6 may be perform d..
203 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.1.a notify the maintenance supervisor (electrical) or electrical foreman as to time and date surveillance
\
instruction is to 'be performed in order that applicable sections of EMI 3 may 'be performed.
3. Procedure
3. 1 Annunciator Check
a. Engine Control Cabinet
1) 'ress annunciator test pushbutton and verify that 'bell rings and that fu11 annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Press annunciator preset pushbutton and verify that bell is silenced.axid;ax'uninciator lights go out.
'IPXv g v
Page 68 BF Sl 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 procelure (ContinueL) 3.1 Annunciator Check (Continued)
Shutdown board room 3EB
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and verify that 'buzzer sounds and. that full annunciator display panel is illuminated..
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and. verify that 'buzzer is
c. ~ silenced. and annunciator 3-9-23 lights go out.
1) Turn axuxunciator switch to test and verify that 'buzzer sounds and. that fu11 annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and verify that 'buzzer is silenced and. annunciator lights go out.
3.2 Starting Air
a. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 1 starts: 0-86-584-3B, -585-3B, -586-3B, -587>>3B, -588-3B.
Close the valve.
b. Record pressure on "Starting air R.B. " gauge on engine control cabinet.
c. Record. pressure on 1t Starting air R.B. tt gauge when compressor stops. (1)
d. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 2 starts: 0-86-566-3B, -567-38, -568-3B, -569-3B, -570-3B.
Close the valve.
e. Record pressure on
'll Starting air L.B. ft gauge on engine control cabinet. (1)
(1)
Record pressure on "Starting air L.B. " gauge when compressor stops.
(1)
Expected value and. tolerance on data sheet.
4 Page 69 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Fuel Oil I
a. Record amount of fuel in day tank.
3.4 Lube oil and cooling water
a. Verify that water is above 9 in. mark in sight glass on accessory
b. Verify that lube oil is visible on crankcase dipstick.
3.5 Diesel Start H
a. Turn diesel generator logic breaker off (on 125-volt distri'bution panel).
b. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to move governor to its lowest setting. Verify setting of governor by visual observation of governor setting indicator.
c.. Depress fuel prime pushbutton on engine control cabinet until pressure reaches 30 psi.
4'ueL d,. Depress engine start pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
e. Verify diesel generator starts and levels out at 450 rom.
Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes.
g. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to raise the. speed.to 930 rpm.
h. Depress field flashing pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
Record generator voltage.
Record, engine speed,. (1)
k. Record cooling water level in sight glass.
1. Record, lube oil level on crankcase dipstick (+, inches, based on full mark).
)Expected value and. tolerance on data sheet.
0, Page 70 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3. 5 Diesel Start (Continued)
I
m. Verify that panel 3-9-23 and shutdown board room 3EB.
n. Turn diesel generator logic breaker on..
o. Reset local alarms. j
p. Verify RHRSW pump A3 running annunciator at Pnl 3-9-23.
q. Verify RHRSW pump C3 running annunciator at Pnl 3-9-23.
r. Verify RHRSW pump Bl running annunciator at Pnl 3-9-23.
s. Verify RHRSW pump Dl running annunciator at Pnl 3-9-23.
t. Verify diesel generator 3B running annunciator at Pnl 3-9-23.
u. Verify diesel generator 3B running annunciator at shutdown board.
room 3EB.
v. Verify diesel generator 3B exhaust fan A running (visually).
3.6 Shutdown board 3EB controls check a, Turn breaker 1842 control selector switch and C.S; 43-3B to EMERGENCY position.
b. Turn breaker 1842 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Verify governor response by turning diesel generator 3B governor control switch to RAISE and LOWER positions and. verify frequency increase and. decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
d. Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator 3B voltage regulator switch to RAISE and LOWER positions and. verify voltage increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
e. Return breaker 1842 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
f. Return breaker 1842 control selector switch and. C.S. 43-3B to NORMAL position.
Revision
4 Page 71 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
'Procedure (Conttnued) 3.7 Control room controls check
a. Turn breaker 1%2 synchronizing switch located on panel 3-9-23 to ON position.
Verify governor response by turning diesel generator 3B governor control switch to RAISE and DMB positions and verify frequency increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
c. Verify voltage regulator response 'by turning diesel generator 3B voltage regu1ator switch to MISE and. LOWER positions and verify voltage increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
Return 'breaker 1842 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
3e8 IKesel Generator Ioading
/
a. Verify diesel generator 3B operational mode switch is in PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM and associated mode light is on.
b. Turn breaker 1842 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Adust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with Shutdown Board 3EB.
d. Close breaker 1842.
e. Increase load to 2/00 IÃ and 187$ KVAR and maintain this load for 1 3.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check a, Record. the readings on the following gauges located on the engine control cabinet,
1) Fuel system 1 filter in
2) Fuel system 2 f'ilter in
3) Lube oil engine
4) Lube oil filter in
4 Page 72, BF SI 4.9.A ".a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check (Continued)
'b. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 1 on engine control cabinet and verify fuel transfer pump 1 runs.
c. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 2 on engine control cabinet and verify fuel transfer pump 2 runs.
3.10 Diesel generator shutdown
a. Unload diesel generator 3EB.
b. Pu13. diesel generator 3EB control switch to STOP position.
c. Verify breaker 1842 tripped..
d. Verify diesel generator speed, dropped to approximately 450 rpm (engine will stop in approximately 11.5 minutes).
e. Place breaker 1Q2 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
f. Reset all alarms.
3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time
a. When diesel generator has stopped, station an operator in the diesel generator room with a stop watch. Begin timing when air start motors start to crank the engine and stop when engine speed. levels.
'b. Give the diesel generator an automatic start from panel 3-9-23 or from breaker 1%2. Record starting time of diesel generator.
c. Record engine speed and generator voltage. (1)
d. Pull diesel generator 3B control switch to STOP position. (Engine wi13. id1e for 11.5 minutes and. stop).
e. When engine stops, reset all alarms on engine control cabinet,.pnl 3-9-23, and. shutdown board room 3EB.
(1)Expected value and tolerance on data sheet. >
0 0
I 1
Page 73 3F SI 4.9.A.1.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continuetl) 3.12 Return to Normal i.
1 I
a. Return all associated equipment to standby readiness (RHRSW pumps, exhaust fans).
b. Reset all alarms and recognition annunciations.
c. Turn preferred start selector switch to alternate position.
d. Verify that the diesel generator. 3R system is in standby readiness per OI 82.
3.13 Verify by signature and. date on Zeta Cover Sheet that the diesel generator 3B was tested in accordance with this instruction.
0 0
7$
BF SX O.g.A.l."
9/16/75 DATA COVER SHEET SI 4.9.A.l.a diesel Generator monthly Test D/G .3B Performed By Xhte
/msistant Shift Engineer Vere criteria satisfied' Yes No If"no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? res (e~~lain in remark.-.)
No (eznlain remarks) i .
Verified by Shif Engineer Xh;ue Reason for test:
Maintenance conplete on Another system ( ) inop rable Reacired by echeiule Plant condition (exp~min)
Obh rteexplnin)
Results reviewed Ih,te ELectrica3. engineer Results Reviei'nd. Aez>royal Cognizant ihgineer Rescheduled.
. QA Staff
0 Page 75 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 S I 4.9.A.l.a DATA SHEET Diesel Generator Monthly Test D/G 3B NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
Initials isa 3.1 Annunciator check
a. Engine control cabinet
1) annunciator 'bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and light off
b. Shutdown board. room 3EB
1) annunciator bell and. light on
2) annunciator 'bell and light off ~
c. Panel 3-9-23
1) annunciator 'bell and, light on
2) annunciator 'bell and light off 3.2 Starting Air
a. Drain valve open-close
'b. R; B. Pressure Start (175 + 5 lb. )
c. R. B. Pressure Stop (200 + 5 lb.)
d. Drain valve open-close
e. L; B. Pressure Start (175 + 5 lb. )
f. L. B; Pressure Stop (200+ 5 lb.)
3.3 Fuel Oil
a. Day tank fuel gali
Page 76 EF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Lube Oil and Cooling Water
a. Water u 9 in.
Oil visible 3.5 Diesel Start
'n.
a. Logic breaker off
b. Governor at low setting
c. Fuel prime - 30 psi Start pushbutton
e. D/0 starts 10 minute idle
g. Speed. 930 rpm
h. Field flash Voltage volts Speed (905 +5 rpm)
'k; Water level
1. Oil level in.
m. 3-'9-23 and shutdown board room 3EB
n. Zogic breaker on
o. Alarms reset
p. KRSW A3 pnl 3-9-23
q. HEBSW C3 pnl 3-9-23 (1)Tolerances for this step are not listed since voltage reached from a manual
.start i5 dependent upon prior manipulation of the variable pot controlling voltage level. Ability to regulate voltage and synchronize wil3. serve as a eptance criteria for voltage value.
Revi i
I 0,
Page 77 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
3. 5 Diesel Start (Continued)
KIRSW Bl pnl 3-9-23
s. EQKSV Dl pnl 3-9-23 D/G 3B pnl 3-9-23
u. D/G 3B shutdown board room 3EB
v. Exhaust fan A on 3.6 Shutdown board 3EB controls check
a. C; S. in EMERGENCY
b. Syn. sw. ON
c. Governor responds
d. Voltage regulator responds
e. Syn. sw. OFF C. S. in NORMAL 3.7 Control room controls check
a. Syn. sw. ON
b. Governor responds
c. Voltage regulator responds
d. Syn. sw. OPP 3.8 Diesel generator 3B loading
a. Mode sw. in PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM
b. Syn. sw. ON
c. In sync. with sd. bd. 3EB Wevision
4 4
Page 78 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued.)
Initials Data 3.8 Diesel generator 3B loacUng (Continued)
d. 1Q2 close
e. Load << 2500 KV and. 1875 KVAR 3.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check
a. 1) Fuel system 1
2) Fuel system 2
3) Lube oil engine
0) Lube oil tilter
b. Pump 1 runs I
c. Pump 2 runs 3.10 Diesel generator 3B shutdown
a. Diesel generator unloaded,
b. C. S. in STDP
c. 1842 tripped,
d. Speed at 450 rpm
e. Syn. sw. OFF Alarms reset 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start
a. Operator at diesel b.'iesel generator start time sec.
c. Speed. (905 + 5 rp )
Voltage (4350 + 50 volts) volts
Page 79 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Initials Xhta g.ll Diesel generator automatic start (Continued)
Control sw. STOP
e. Alarms reset 3.32 Return to Normal
a. Assoc. equipment standby readiness
/
b., Alarms reset
c. Preferred. start in alternate position 37iesel generator ~ standby readiness 32HARKS':
~ I 4
)
Page 8O BP SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Sl 4.9.A.l.a DIESEL GENERATOR MONTHLY T3MT 3/O 3C
1. Precautions 1.1 Ih not perform this instruction during a condition calling for operation of the diesel generator.
1.2 Personnel should use ear protection as applicable when running the diesel generator.
2. 1 Panel 3-9-23 and shutdown board room 3EC.
2.2 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (mechanical ) or mechanical foreman as to time and. date surveillance instruction is to be performed in order that MMI 6 may 'be performed.
2. 3 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a notify the maintenance supervisor (electrical) or electrica1. foreman as to time and date surveillance instruction is to be performed in order that applicable sections of EMI 3 may 'be performed.
3. Procedure
3. 1 Annunciator Check 1
a. Engine Control Cabinet
1) Press annunciator test pushbutton and verify that bell rings and that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Press annunciator reset pushbutton and verify that 'bell is A
silenced and annunciator lights go out.
Page 81 BF Sl 4.9.A,l..a 9/16/7S
3. Procedure (Continued)
3. 1 Annunciator Check
b. Shutdown board room 3EC.
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and verify that buzzer sounds and. that full annunciator display panel is illuminated..
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and verify that buzzer is silenced and. annunciator lights go out.
c. -Panel 3-9<<23
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and. verify that 'buzzer sounds and. that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and verify that buzzer is silenced and annunciator lights go out.
3.2 Starting Air
a. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor
.No. 1 starts: 0-86-5%-3C, -585-3C, -586-3C, -587-3C, -588-3C.
Close the valve.
'b. Record. pressure on "Starting air R.B; " gauge on engine control cabinet.(')
c. Record. pressure on 'l1 Starting air R;B; ll
~ ~ ~
gauge when compressor stops. (1)
d. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor No. 2 starts: 0-86-566-3C, -567-3C, -568-3C, -569-3C, -570-3C.,
Close the valve.
e. Record pressure on "Starting air L;B; " gauge on engine control c'abinet.
f. Record pressure on 1t Starting air L;B;~ 11 gauge when compressor stops. (1)
Expected. value and. tolerance on data sheet.
~:
Page 82 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Fuel oil I
a. Record amount of'uel.in day tank. 'I 3.0'ube oil and cooling water I
a. Ve ify that water is above 9 in. mark in sight glass on accessory
b. Verify that lube oil is visible on crankcase dipstick.
l
3. g Diesel Start
a. Turn diesel generator logic breaker off (on 125-volt distribution panel). M
b. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to move governor to its lowest setting. Verify. setting of governor by visual observa-tion of governor setting indicator.
c. Depress fuel prime pushbutton on engine control cabinet until fuel pressure reaches 30 psi.
d. Depress engine start pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
e. Verify diesel generator starts and levels out at M 450 rpm.
f. Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes.
g. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to raise the speed to 930 rpm.
h. Depress field flashing pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
M M
Record. generator voltage.
Record, engine speed. (1)
M MI
k. Record.,cooling water level in sight glass.
(1) Expected..value and. tolerance on data sheet.
Page 83 3F SI 4.9.A.l.a e/27/7v
'Procedure (Continued)
Q.5 Diesel Start (Continued.)
l. Record lube oil level on crankcase dipstick (+ inches, based on full mark).
m. Verify that panel 3-9-23 and shutdown 'board room 3EC are manned.
'n. Turn diesel generator logic breaker on.
o. Reset local alarms.
p. Verify RHRSW pump A3 running annunciator at PrQ. 3-9-23.
q, Verify RHRSW I
pump C3 running annunciator at Pnl 3-9-23.
+x. Verify RHRSW pump Bl running annunciator at Pnl 3-9-23.
"a. Verify RHBSW pump Dl running annunciator at Pnl 3-9-23.
t. Verify diesel I
generator 3C running annunciator at Pnl 3-9-23.
u. Verify diesel generator 3C running annunciator at shutdown 'board.
room 3EC.
v. Verify diesel generator, 3C exhaust fan A running (visu~~ y).
'3.6 Shutdown board 3EC controls check
a. Turn breaker 1832 control selector switch and. C;S; 43-3C to EMERGENCY position.
'b. Turn breaker 1832 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c.'erify governor response by turning diesel generator 3C governor control switch to RAISE and, LOttKH positions and. verify frequency-increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
d. Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator 3C voltage regulator switch to RAISE and LOWER positions and. verify voltage increase and. decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
Wevision
1 I
I
Page 84 BP SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued,)
3.6 ShuMown board 3EC controls check (Continued)
I
e. Return breaker 1832 synchronizing switch'to OFF position.
Return breaker 1832 control selector switch and C.S; 43-3C to NORMAL position e I I
3.7 Control room controls check
a. Turn breaker 1832 synchronizing switch located on panel 3-9-23 to ON position.
b. Verify governor response by turning diesel generator 3C governor control switch to RAISE and, IDLER positions and verify frequency increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
,c. Verify voltage regulator response by turning diesel generator 3C voltage regulator switch to RAISE and. lDMER positions and verify voltage increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
d. Return 'breaker 1832 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
3.8 Diesel Generator tuading
a. Verify diesel generator 3C operational mode switch is in PRRALUK,
'PlTH SYSTEM and associated mode light is on,
b. Turn 'breaker 1832 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Adjust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with ShuMown Board 3EC.
d. -
Close breaker 1832.
e. Increase load, to 2500 1% and, 1875 KVAR and maintain-this load for 1
Page 85 EF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Procedure (Continued) 3.9 Fuel and. Lube Oil Check
a. Record. the readings on the following gauges located, on the engine control cabinet.
1) Fuel system 1 filter in
2) Fuel system 2 filter in
3) Lube oil engine
0) Lube oil filter in
b. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 1 on engine control cabinet and.
verify fuel transfer pump 1 runs.
c. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 2 on en'ontrol cabinet and verify fuel transfer pump 2 runs.
3.10 Diesel generator shutdown
a. Unload diesel generator 3C.
b. Pu11 diesel generator 3C control switch to STOP position.
c. Verify breaker 1832 tripped,
d. Verify diesel generator speed. dropped. to approximately 450 rpm (engine will stop in approximately 11.5 minutes).
e. Place breaker 1832 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
f.'eset all alarms.
3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time
a. When diesel generator has stopped, station an operator in the diesel generator room with a stop watch. Be@En timing when air.start motors start to crank the engine and stop when engine speed levels.
b. Give the diesel generator an automatic start from panel 3-9-23 or from breaker 1832. Record starting time of diesel generator.
~ '
Page 86 BF SI 4.9.A, l.a 9/16/75
3. Pzecedure (Continue<i) 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start time (Continued.)
c. Record engine speed and. generator voltage.(
d. .Pull diesel generator 3C control switch to STOP position. (Engine will idle for 11.5 minutes and. stop.)
e. When engine stops, reset all alarms on engine control cabinet, pnl 3-9-23, and shutdown board room 3EC.
3.12 Return to Normal
a. Return all associated. equipment to standby readiness (RHRSW pumps, exhaust fans).
Reset all alarms and. recognition annunciations.
c. Turn preferred. start selector switch to alternate position.
d. Verify that the diesel generator 3C system is in standby readiness per OI 82.
3.13 Verify 'by signature and date on Ihta Cover Sheet that the diesel generator 3C was tested in accordance with this instruction.
(1)
Expected va1ue and. tolerance on data sheet.
0 I
pI 0'
T V
Page 87 BP SI >I .9.A. I. a 9/16/75 XATA CVlER SHiZT 'SI 4.9.A.l.a Diesel Generator 11onthly Test D/G .3C Performed By Ehte Assistant Shift Engineer le'ere criteria satisfied?
'If'o, notify shift engineer.
If no, vas a L~~ting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (ezplain in rem,r>~ )
No (explain in re~mr~"". )
Verified..by Shift Engineer Season for test:
Nainteaance complete on Another sp tern (* ~
) inop rable Required by schedule Plant condition (ezplain)
Other (expl"in)
Results reviewed Electrical Engineer ihsults Bevie; and Aneroval Cognizant, Engineer Rescheduled QA Staff
5 0
Page 88 BF SI 4.9.A:l.a 9/16/75 SI 4.9.A.l.a DATA SHEET Diesel Generator Monthly Test D/G 3C NOTE: Step numbers correspond. to numbers in the instruction.
3.1 Annunciator check
a. ~ne control cabinet
1) annunciator bell and, light on
2) annunciator bell and. light off
'b. Shutdown board room 3EC
1) annunciator 'bell and. light on
2) annunciator 'bell and. light off
c. Panel 3-9-23
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and. light off 3.2 Starting Air
a. Drain valve'pen-close
" b. R;B.'ressure Start (175 + 5 lb. )
Ce R.B. Pressure Stop (200 + 5 lb. )
d0 Drain va1ve open-close
e. L;B; Pressure Start (175 + 5 lb. )
L;B.'ressure Stop (200 + 5 1'b.)
3.3. Fuel Oil
== -a. DELy tank fuel
0 Page 89 BF SI 4..9.A.l.a 9/27/77 Ihta Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued,)
ZmZVIAXS/namZ 'ame 3.4 Lube Oil and Cooling Water
a. Water o 9 in.
b. Oil visible 3.5 Diesel Start
a. Logic breaker off
'b. Governor at low setting
c. Fuel prime - 30 psi
d. Start pushbutton
e. 3/G starts 10 minute idle
g. Speed. 930 rpm
h. Field. flash
i. Voltage(1) volts Speed. (905 + 5 rpm)
.r 1
k. Water level in.
l. Oil level
m. 3-9-23 ancL shutdown board room 3EC manned.
n. logic 'breaker on
o. Alarms reset
p. KGSW A3 pnl 3-9-23
j. RHRSW C3 pnl 3-9-23
~ (1)Tolerances for this step are not listed since voltage reached. from-a manual start is dependent upon prior manipulation of the variable pot controlling I voltage level. Ability to requite -voltage and. synchronize will serve as acceptance criteria for voltage value.
>*Revision
0' h
0;
'b
Page 90 3F SI 4,,9.A,,i.a 9/27/77 Ihta Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
INITIALS/IRTE 3.5 Diesel Start, (Continued.)
RHRSW Bl pnl 3-9-23
s. RHRSW M pnl 3-9-23 D/G 3C pnl 3-9-23
u. D/G 3C shutdown board. room 3EC
v. Exhaust, X'an A on 3.6 Shutdown board, 3EC controls check
a. C."'; in EMERGENCY
b. Syn. sw. ON c.'overnor responds
d. Voltage regulator responds
e. Syn. sw. OFF C" S; in NORMAL 3.7 Control room controls check
a. Syn. sw. ON
b. Governor responds c.. Voltage regulator responds
d. Syn. sw. OFF 3.8 Diesel generator 3C loading
a. Mode sw. in 3?ARAIZZL WITH SYSTEM Syn. sw. ON
c. In sync. with sd. 'bd.. A
gevf.sion
Cl V
Page 91 BP SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued,)
Initials Data 3.8 Diesel generator 3C loading (Continued,)
d.. 1832 close
e. Load. - 2500 KV and. 1875 KYAR 3.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check
a. 1) Fuel system 1
2) Fuel system 2
3) Lube oil engine
4) Lube oil i'ilter
b. Pump 1 runs c~ Pump 2 runs 3.10 Diesel generator 3C shutdown
a. Diesel generator unloaded.
b. C; S; in STOP
c. 1832 tripped
d. Speed at 450 rpm
e. Syn. sw. OFF
f. Alarms reset 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start
a. Operator at diesel
b. Diesel generator start time sec.
c. Speed. (905, + 5 rpm)
Voltage (4350 + 50 volts) vol ts
Page 92 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Initia1s Data 3.11 .Diesel generator automatic start (Continued)
d. Control sw. STOP
e. Alarms reset Q.'12 Return to Normal
a. Assoc. equipment standby readiness
b. Alarms reset
c. Preferred start in a1ternate position
d. diesel generator 3C standby readiness REMARKS
~"
Page 93 3F SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 SI 4.9.A.l.a DIESEL GENEZVZOR MONTHLY TEST D/G 3D
1. Precautions 1.1 Do not perform this instruction during a condition calling fox operation of the diesel generator.
1.2 Personnel should use ear protection as applicable when running the diesel generator.
2. Prereauisites 2.1 Panel 3-9-23 and. shutdown board room 3ED.
2.2 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.3..a, notify the maintenance supervisor 0
(mechanical) or mechanical foreman as to time and date surveillance instruction is to be performed in order that MMI 6 may be performed.
2.3 Prior to performing SI 4.9.A.l.a, notify the maintenance supervisor (electrical) or electrical foreman as to time and date surveillance instruction is to be performed. in order that applicable sections of ZMI 3 may be performed.
3. Procedure 3.1 Annunciator Check
a. Engine Control Cabinet
1) Press annunciator test pushbutton and verify that 'bell rings and that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Press annunciator reset push'button and. verify that 'bell is silenced and. annunciator lights go out.
0 Page 94 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.1 Annunciator Check (Continued)
Shutdown board room 3ED
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and verify that buzzer sounds and that full annunciator display panel is illuminated.
2) Turn annunciator switch to reset and verify that buzzer is silenced and annunciator lights go out.
I
c. Panel 3-9-23
1) Turn annunciator switch to test and verify that buzzer sounds and that full annunciator display panel is illuad.nated.
2) Turn annunciator swi ch to reset and verify that ouzzer is silenced and. annunciator lights go out.
3.2 Starting Air
a. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor Ho. 1 starts: 0-8-584-3'585-3D, -586-3D, -587-3D, -588-3D. Close the valve.
b. Record pressure on "Starting air R.B. " gauge on engine control cabinet.(')
c. Record. pressure on Il Starting air R.B. It gauge when compressor stops. (1)
d. Slowly open any one of the following drain valves until compressor 1Vo. 2 starts: 0-86-566-3D, -567-3D, -568-3D, -569-3D, -570-3D.
Close the valve.
e. Record pressure on tt Starting air L.B. tt gauge on engine control cabinet. (1)
f. Record pressure on
'If Starting air L.B. tl
~
gauge when compressor stops..(.1)
(1)'Expected value and tolerance on data sheet.
Page 95 BF SX 4.9.A.i.a 9/16/75
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Fuel oil
a. Record. amount of fuel in day tank.
3.4 Lube oil and cooling water
a. Verify that water is above 9 in. mark in sight glass on accessory rack.
b. Verify that lube oil is visible on crankcase dipstick.
3.5 Diesel Start Turn diesel generator logic breaker off (on 125-volt distribution panel).
b. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to move governor to its lowest setting. Verify setting of governor by visual observation of governor setting indicator.
c. Depress fuel prime pushbutton on engine control cabinet until fuel pressure reaches 30 psi.
d,. Depress engine start pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
e. Verify diesel generator starts and. levels out at 450 rpm.
Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes.
g. Use governor control on engine control cabinet to raise the speed to 930 rpm.
I
h. Depress field. flashing pushbutton on engine control cabinet.
Record generator voltage.
Record. engine speed.(
Record cooling water level in sight glass.
Record lube oil level on crankcase dipstick (+ inches, based on full mark).
L (1) <<t.d value and tolerance on data sheet.
0 Page 96 aZ SX 0.9.A.l.a 9/27/77 Procedure (Continued) 3.5 Diesel Start (Continued.)
m. Verify that panel 3-9-23 and. shutdown board room 3ED are manned.
)
n. Turn diesel generator logic breaker on.
o. Reset local alarms. t
p. Verify EGPSW pump A3 running annunciator at Pnl. 3-9-23.
q. Verify RHRSW pump C3 running annunciator at Pnl. 3-9-23.
r. Verify RHRSW pump Bl running annunciator at Pnl. 3-9-23.
s. Verify KBSW pump D3, running annunciator at Pnl. 3-9-23.
Verify diesel generator 3D running annunciator at Pnl. 3-9-23.
u. Verify diesel generator 3D running annunciator at shutdown 'board room ~D.
v. Verify diesel generator 3D exhaust fan A running (visually).
3.6 Shutdown board 3ED controls check
a. Turn breaker 1836 control selector switch and C'S. 43-3D to NOZGK posi tion
b. Turn breaker 1836 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Verify governor response by turning diesel generator 3D governor control switch to RAISE and LOWER positions and verify frequency increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
d. Verify voltage repQ.ator response by turning diesel generator 3D voltage regulator switch to RAISE and LONER positions and verify voltage increase and, decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
e. Return breaker 1836 synchronizing switch to OFF position.
Return breaker 1836 control selector switch and C.S. 43-3D to NORMAL position.
Revision
Page 97 BP SI 4.9.A.1.a 9/16/75 Procedure (Continued) 3.7 'Control room controls check
a. Turn 'breaker 1836 synchronizing switch located on panel 3-9-23 to ON position.
b. Verify governor response. by turning diesel generator 3D governor control switch to MISE and QNZR positions and verify frequency increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming frequency meter.
c. Verify voltage regulator response 'by turning diesel generator 3D voltage regulator switch to MISE and LSD positions and verify voltage increase and decrease, respectively, on incoming voltmeter.
Return breaker 1836 synchronizing switch to OFZ position.
3.'8 Diesel Generator Loading
a. Verify diesel generator 3D operational mode switch is in PXVLTZZL VITE SYSTEM and associated mode light is on.
'b. Turn 'breaker 1836 synchronizing switch to ON position.
c. Adust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with Shutdown Board, 3ED.
d. Close breaker 1836.
e. Increa'se load to 2500 Frl and 1875 KVAR and; maintain this load for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months ~
3.9 Fuel and. Lube Oil Check
a. Record the readings on the following gauges located. on the engine control cabinet.
1) Fuel System 1 filter in
2) 'Fuel System 2 filter in
3) Lube oil engine
0) Lube oil filter in
0 Page 98 4.9.A.l.a Elf P Procedure (Continued)
Q.9 Fuel and Lube Oil Check (Continued)
b. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 1 on engine control cabinet and verify fuel transfer pump 1 runs.
c. Depress fuel transfer pushbutton no. 2 on engine control cabinet and verify fuel transfer pump 2 runs.
3.10 Diesel generator shutdown
a. Unload, diesel generator 3D.
b. Pull diesel generator 3D control switch to STOP position.
c. Verify 'breaker 1836 tripped.
d,. Verify diesel generator speed dropped to approximately 450 rpm (engine will stop in approximately 11.5 minutes. )
/
e. Place 'breaker 1836 synchronizing s~itch in OFF position.
Reset all alarms.
3.U. Diesel generator automatic start time
'. When diesel generator has stopped, station an operator in the diesel generator room with a stop watch. Begin timing when air start motors start to crank the engine and. stop when engine speed
,levels.
. b.. Give the diesel generator an automatic start from panel 9-23 or from breaker 1836. Record. starting time of diesel generator.
Co Record. engine speed and. generator, voltage.(
d. Bill diesel generator 3D control switch to STOP position. (Engine will idle for, 11.5 minutes and. stop. )
e. When engine stops, reset all alarms on engine control cabinet.
(1)Expected. value and. tolerance on data sheet.
+'1&%<
~ .
Page 99 BF SX 0.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Procedure (Continued) 3.32 Return to Normal
a. Return all associated equipment to standby readiness (RHBSW pumps, exhaust fans).
b. Reset all alarms.and recognition annunciations.
c. Turn preferred start selector switch to alternate position.
d. Verify that the diesel generator 3D system is in standby readiness per OI 82.
3.13 Verify by signature and date on Data Cover Sheet that the diesel generator 3D was tested. in accordance with this instruction.
I
~,
pd ge 100
SX ><.Q.A.
3P 9/16/75
l. a Mesel Generator Monthly Tert D/G .3D Performed 3y Assistant Shift ~ineer Vere criteria satisfied? Yes No l:f no, notify shift engineer.
If no, vaa a Llmitind Condition for O~ration violated? Yes (explain ln remr1.. )
No (can~in in rene,rf:s )
Verified by Shift Engineer 1hte Reason for test:
lhintenallce conplcte ou Another eyeten ( ) inop rable Required 'by schedule Plant condition (explain)
Other (explain)
Results revimred Electrical Engineer Resu1ts Heviev and, Am~royal Cognizant ~ineer Rescheduled.
4g. Staff
0 Page 101 RF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 SX 4.9.A.l.a DATA SHEET Diesel Generator Monthly Test D/G 3D NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
Initials Ihta 3.1 Annunciator check
a. Engine control cabinet
1) annunciator 'bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and. light off
'b. Shutdown 'board room 3ED
1) annunciator bell and. light on
2) annunciator bell and light off Panel 3-9-23
1) annunciator bell and light on
2) annunciator bell and, light off 3.2 Starting Air
a. Drain valve open-close
b. R.B. Pressure Start (175 + 5 lb. )
c. R.B. Pressure Stop (200 + 5 lb. )
Drain valve open-close
e. L.B. Pressure Start (175 + 5 lb.)
L.B. Pressure Stop (200 + 5 lb.)
3.3 Fuel Oil
a. Day tank fuel
4 Page 102 BF SI 4.9.A l..a 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued) 3.4 Lube Oil and Cooling Water
a. Water W9 in.
b. 'il visible 3.$ Diesel Start
a. Logic breaker off
b. Governor at low setting
c. Fuel prime - 30 psi d.. Start pushbutton
e. D/G starts 10 minute idle
g. Speed 930 rpm
h. Field flash Voltage(1~ vol ts Speed (90' 5.rp ~
k. Water level Oil level in.
m. 3-9-23 and shutdown board. room 3ED.
n.'ogic breaker on 0; Alarms reset
p. RHRSW A3 pnl 3-9-23
g. RHRSW, C3 pnl 3>>9-23
~Tolerances for this step are not listed, since voltage reached from a manual start is dependent upon prior manipulation of the variable pot controlling voltage level. Ability to regulate voltage and synchronize will serve as acceptance criteria for voltage value.
+Revision
V
~ I~ ( - 1 VI '
~=
~ 0 ~ ~
I ~ l
~ Io I ~
~ ~ ~
I I ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ = ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ - ~-
e Q IQl HQl
~ ~ ~ I
~ ~ ~~ ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II ~ I ~ ~
~ . ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
~ ~
~ --- ~- - - ~ I ~ : ~ e ~
~ 4
+ I
~ ~ ~
~ = ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I
Page 1(A BF 'SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Initials Zhta 3.8 Diesel generator 3D loading (Continued)
d. 1836 close
e. load - 2500 KV and. 1875 KFAR 3.9 Fuel and'ube Oil Check
a. 1) Fuel system 1
2) Fuel system 2
3) Lube oil engine
4) . Lube.oil filter
b. Pump 1 runs
/
c. Pump 2 runs 3.10 Diesel generator 3D shutdown
a. Diesel generator unloaded
b. C. S. in STOP
c. 1836 tripped d Speed at'50 rpm
e. Syn. 'sw'. OFF
f. Alarms reset 3.11 Diesel generator automatic start.
, a. Operator at diesel
b. Diesel generator start time sec.
c. Speed. (905 + 5 rpm)
Voltage (4350 + 50 volts) volts
d. Control sw. STOP
e. Alarms reset
Page 105 BF SI 4.9.A.l.a 9/16/75 0 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.a (Continued)
Initials 1Ma
'I 3.12 Return to Normal
a. Assoc. equipment standby readiness
b. Alarms reset
c. Preferred, start in alternate position Diesel generator 3D standby readiness Ki24AHES'
t 8
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROWNS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION 4.9.A.1.b DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST UNITS 1 AND 2 OR 3 Approved:
P ant Superintendent Date: A ril 6 1976 General Revision
Page 1 BF SI 4.9 A.l.b 4/6/76 TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROGANS FERRY MJCLEAR PLANT DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST SI 4.9.A.l.b This surveillance instruction is used to comply with the requirements of technical specification 4.9.A.l.b. The following table lists the required surveillance items regarding this section:
Table SI 4.9.A.l.b - Surveillance Re uirements
~Pre uenc Re uirement
'(1)
Once/operating cycle~ ~ Demonstrate the emergency diesel generators
/ will start and accept emergency load within, the specified time sequence.
This test provides verification that each diesel generator wi11 start and accept its assigned emergency load when called upon by a simultaneous loss of shutdown power and an accident signal. In addition to this verification, data will be taken to check the stability of each diesel generator under severe load transients.
From test to test comparisons can be made to detect any significant changes in each diesel geneiator's characteristics under these conditions. Since this test concerns'the operation of the diesel generators and not of the ECCS equipment, this test for units 1 and 2 will be conducted using only unit 1 equipment as the loads.
The test is written to test each diesel generator individually without hindering i
or altering the other diesel generators'bility to function.
N Page 2 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77 SI 4.9.A.l.b DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST D/G A 1.1 The unit 1 reactor vessel'pressure shall not be greater than atmospheric.
1.2 The unit 1 core spray system shall be lined up for standby readiness as specified by Operating Instruction No. 75.
1.3 The unit 1 RHR system shall be lined up for standby readiness as specified by Operating Instruction No. 74.
1.4 RHRSW pump.A1 shall be operable.
1 '5 Receive permission from the unit 1 assistant shift engineer to perform this test.
,2 Precautions ~ ie>> ..
.2.1 This test will render loop I of the unit l.core spray system inoperable.
Do not conduct any test on loop II simultaneously. The requirements to test other systems or loops when one system is found to be inoperable will be waived when the system is made inoperable for testing.
2.2 This test will render loop I of the unit 1 RHR system inoperable. Do
.not conduct any test on loop II simultaneously.
2.3 Coordinate this test with the unit 2 operator and request that no sur-veillance testing be performed on the unit 2 core spray and RHR systems during this test.
+Revision
Page 3 BF SI. 4.5'A.l b 4/6/76
3. procedure 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 1
a. Vent the CSSI discharge piping through valves 75-584A and 75-585A until a steady stream of water is observed to flow out of the vent line into the open funnel.
b. Verify FCV-75-25 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
C~ Remove control power from FCV-75-25 by tripping breaker in compart-ment 14B on 480V Reactor HOV Bd 1A.
t
d. Verify FCV-75-23 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
e. Verify test switch 14A-S15A (panel 9-32) is in the NODAL posit.. on.
f. Plug core spray system test fixture into jack 14A-JlA (panel 9-32).
CAUTION: Assure the test fixture switch is in the OFF position.
go Place switch 14A-SllA (panel 9-32) in TEST position and verify relay 14A-K29A, (panel 9-32) drops out.
h. Block contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K25A (panel 9-32) open with an insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
i. Block contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K25A (panel 9-32) open with an insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
Place a jumper between contact terminals 7 and 8 on relay 14A.-KIOA (panel 9-32) per BFA25. There are two wires on terminal 7 and one wire on terminal 8.
k. Remove CS pump lC breaker (4-kV Sd Bd B, panel 6).
I 0
i
Page 4 BP SI 4.9.A 1 b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 1
a. Venting of the RHR system shall have been accomplished no longer than 30 days prior to the implementation of this test. This can be verified by checking the last running date of SI 4.5.B.l.a, SI 4.5.B.l.b, or SI 4.5.B.l.d. If venting has not been accomplished, vent the RHRs at the following locations:
Solenoid Valve Valve Location FSV-74-142 A. heat exchanger FSV"74-143 C heat exchanger PSV-74-139 Sys. I drywell spray line FSV-74>>140
/
Sys. I LPCI injection line mr-74-144 B heat exchanger FSV-74-145 D heat exchanger PSV-74-147 Units 1 and 2 return cross connect line PSV>>74-141 Sys. II LPCI injection line PSV-74-138 Reactor head spray line I
b. Verify FCV-74-61 is closed by observing position indicating lights on pane1 9-3.
'Co Remove power from PCV-74-61 by tripping breaker 7B on 480V Reactor MOV Bd 1A.
d. Verify FCV-74-60 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
e. Verify FCV-74-53 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
Verify FCV-74-58 is closed by, observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
f l'
Page 5 BP SI 4.9.A.1 b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 1 (Continued)
g. Verify FCV-74-78 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
h. Verify switch 10A-S48A (panel 9-32) is in the NORMAL position.
i. Verify PCV 74-46 is closed by observing the indicating lights on panel 9-3. Close the valve if it is open.
j. Verify that relay 10A-K72A (panel 9-32) is deenergized.
k. Block contact 5-6 on relay NVA-A-1 (panel 25-45A) open with an insulated boot in accordance with Standard Practice BPA25.
1. Verify relay 10A-K105A (panel 9-32) is deenergized)
m. Place a jumper between contact terminals 3 and 4 on relay 10A-K9A
.(panel 9-32) in accordance with BFA25. There is one wire on terminal Sand two wires on terminal 4.
NOTE: Qhen RHR lA pump breaker closes, it cannot be tripped locally.
3.3 Shutdown Board A Alignment
a. Transfer 480V Shutdown Bd 11A feed from TS1A, to TSlE.
b Transfer 480V Diesel Auxiliary Board A to its'mergency source (TDE).
c. Caution unit 1 operator not to use fire pump A during this test.
'd. Caution units 1 and 2 operators not to use CRD pump 1B during this test.
e.. Caution unit 1 operator not to use RCW pump lD during this test.
Trip 43SA (panel 9-23) to manual.'.
Block contact 9-10 on relay DGVA-A-3 (panel 25-45A) open with, an
'insulated boot in accordance with BPA25.'.
Bl,ock contact 11.-12 on relay DGVA-A-3 (panel 25-45A) open with an
'insulated boot in accordance with BFA25.
Page 6 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3,3 Shutdown Board A Alignment (Continued)
Block contact 1-2 on relay DGVA-A-4 (panel 25-45A) open with an insulated boot in accordance with BFA25.
Block contact 3-4 on relay DGVA-A-4 (panel 25-45A) open with an insulated boot in accordance with BFA25.
k. Connect oscillograph cahnnels to monitor the following; (1) 1614 trip circuit (2) 1818 close circuit N
(3) RHR pump lA close circuit (4) CS pump 1A close circuit
(5) RHRSW pump Al close circuit (6) 4-kV Shutdown Board A bus voltage (7) D/G A current 3.4 Test Performance NOTE: Because the sequence of events in this test is critical, a communication link should be established between 4-kV shutdown board A and panel 9-3, unit 1, prior to test initiation.
NOTE: As soon as core spray pump 1A and RHR pump lA start, open their test loop valves from panel 9 FCV-75-22 and FCV-74-57 and FCV-74-59 respectively. Continue until rated flows are established.
(7000 to 10000 gpm for RHR and 3000 to 3125 gpm for core spray)
a. With the oscillograph running, trip breaker 1614.: (Leave the oscillograph on for 45 seconds.)
b. Verify that the following breakers closed:
(1) 1818 (2) RHR pump 1A (3) CS pump 1A
(4) RHRSW pump Al d
Revison
0; Page 7 BF SX 4.5'A.l.b 4/6/76 3~ Procedure (Continued) 3.4 Test Performance (Continued)
c. Verify that diesel generator A voltage and current are stable.
d. Record the following D/G A data from metering on panel 9-23:
(1) ZW (2) KVAR (3) VOLTS (4) AMPS (5) FREQUENCY
e. Mark oscillogram as trace no. 1-1 and attach to the data sheet.
3.5 Diesel Generator A Shutdown
a. Turn breaker 1614 synchronizing switch to ON positio'n.
b. Place diesel generator A operational mode switch in PARALLEL WTXH SYSTEM and verify associated mode light is on.
c. Adjust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with Shutdown Bus 1.
d. Close breaker 1614.
e. Unload diesel generator.
Trip breaker 1818.
g. Pull diesel generator A control switch to STOP position.
Verify diesel-generator speed drops to idle (450 rpm).
i. Place 1614 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
j. When diesel generator stops, verify diesel generator system A is in standby readiness per OX 82.
0;
Page' BF SX 4.9';A.l.b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And Return To Normal - Unit 1
a. Remove jumper between contact terminals 7 and 8 'on relay 14A-K10A (panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25. There should be two wires left on terminal 7 and one on terminal 8.
b. Remove core spray system test fixture from jack 14A-J1A (panel 9-32).
c. 'Remove boot from contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K25A (panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
d. Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K25A (panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
v'
e. Return switch 14A"SllA (panel 9-32) to NORMAL position.
4 tt Close FCV-75-22. Verify FCV-75-9 opens as flow decreases.
C ml go Trip CS pump lA.
h. Restore power to FCV-75-25 and verify position indicating light is on.
i. "
Reset all core spray annunciation.
3.7 RHR Shutdown And Return To Normal - Unit 1 ao Remove jumper between contact terminals 3 and 4 on relay 10A-K9A, l
, (panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25. There should g
be one wire left on terminal 3 and two wires on terminal 4.
b. Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay NVA-A-1 (panel 25-45A) in.
accordance with BFA25.-
co Verify relay 10A-K105A (panel 9-32) is energized.
d. Close FCV-74-59 and FCV-74-57. -
Verify that FCV-74-7 opens as flow decreases.
e. Trip RHR pump 1A.
Page 9 BF SI 4.9.'A.I..b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.7 RHR Shutdown And Return To Normal - Unit 1 (Continued)
Restore power to FCV-74-61 and verify position indicating light is on.
g. Return FCV-74-46 to the position required by the shift engineer.
indicate the position on the data sheet.
h. Reset all RHR annunciation.
3.8 Shutdown Board A Return To Normal Reset 43SA (panel 9-23) to auto.
Inform unit 1 operator that RCW pump 1D is now ready for operation.
Ce Inform unit 1 and unit 2 operators that CRD pump 1B is now ready for operation.
Inform unit 1 operator that fire pump A is now ready for operation.
'- e. Return 4SOV Shutdown Board, lA feed to TSlA.
Return CS pump 1C breakex'o operate position.
go Remove boot from contact 9-10 on relay DGVA-A-3 in accordance with BFA25.
h. Remove boot from contact 11-12 on relay DGVA-A-3 in accordance with BFA25.
Remove boot from contact 1-2 on relay DGVA-A-4 in accordance with BFA25.
Remove boot from contact 3-4 on relay DGVA-A-4 in accordance with.
BFA25.
k. V Remove oscillograph inputs.
1~ Return the EEL system to standby readiness per OI 67, m .Return 480V Diesel Auxiliary Board A to its normal feed (TDA).
'FPageSI 104.9.A.l.b 9/27f77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.9 Test Completion
a. The unit 1 core spray system, the unit 1 RHR system, and Diesel Generator A are now normal and in standby readiness.
b. Verify by signature and date on data cover sheet that Diesel Generator A was tested in accordance with this instruction.
3.10 Acceptance Criteria I f
a. Diesel generator A reaches rated speed and voltage, and breaker 1818 closes within 11.5 seconds after 1614 trips.
b. RHR pump 1A starts within 1 second of 1818 closure.
c. CS pump lA starts 7 + 1 second after 1818 closure.
RHRSW pump Al starts 14 + 1 second after 1818 closure.
e. All three pumps successfully accelerate on diesel generator power.
'f. Diesel generator A is stable following the test.
/Revision
4
Page 11 BF SI 4.9 A.l.b 4/6/76 SI 4.9.A.l.b DATA COVER SHEET I
Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test ID/G A Performed By Date Electrician Were criteria satisfied? Yes No If no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? yes (explain in remarks)
Nc (explain 'n remarks)
Verified by Shift Engineer Date
~ I Reason for test:
. Required by schedule Other (explain)
Results reviewed Date Electrical Engineer Results Review and A royal Cognizant Engineer Date Rescheduled QA Staff Date Remarks
7 I I I
Page 12 BF SI 4.9.A.1 b 4/6/76 SI 4.9.A.l.b DATA SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST D/G A NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
~Ste Initials/Data 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 1
a. CSSI vented
b. FCV-75-25 closed
c. FCV-75-25 power removed
d. FCV-75-23 closed
e. 14A-S15A NORMAL 14A-J1A fixture in
g. 14A-S11A TEST/14A"K29A out
h. 14A-K25A (1-2) booted 2nd person verification
i. 14A-K25A (5-6) booted 2nd pers'on verification 14A-K10A (7-8) jumper ed 2nd person verification
k. CS 1C removed 3.Y RHR Alignment - Unit 1
a. RHR vented
(e b. FCV"74-61 closed
c. FCV-74-61 power removed
d. FCV-74-60 closed
e. FCV-74-53 closed
0 t
Page 13 BF SI 4.9-A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued),
~Ste Initials/Data 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 1 (Continued)
FCV-74-58 closed
,g. FCV-74-78 closed
h. 10A-S48A NORMAL
.i. FCV-74-46 closed 10A-K72A deenergized
R. NVA<<A-1 (5-6) booted 2nd person verification
1. 10A-K105A deenergized 10A-K9A (3-4) jumpered 2nd person verification
'3.'3 'Shutdown Bd A Alignment I
a. 480V Sd Bd 1A transferred
b. 480V Diesel Aux. Bd. A transferred
c. Fire pump A caution E
d. CRD pump 1B caution
e. RCW pump 1D caution
f. 43SA tripped
g. DGVA-A-3 (9-10) booted 2nd person verification
h. DGVA-A-3 (11-12) booted 2nd person verification
i. DGVA-A-4 (1-2) booted 2nd person verifiecation
I P
l
~,
Page 14 BF SI 4.9.A.l-b 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste IHITIALS/ICE 3.3 Shutdown Bd A Alignment (Continued)
DGVA-A-4 (3-4) booted 2nd person verification
k. Oscillograph connections (1) 1614 trip ckt (2) 1818 cl. ckt (3) RHR lA cl. ckt
-(4) ~'CS lA cl. ckt
<<(5) RHRSW Al cl ckt (6) 4-kV Sd Bd A, volt (7) '/G A current 3.4 Test Per'formance
a. 1614 trip
b. Breaker closure
-'(E) 1818
-(2) RHR lA
~
(3) CS 1A
(4) RHRSW Al
c. Diesel gen. A stable
d. D/G A data (1) KW
-"(2) "
KVAR (3) Volts,
-(4) Amps (5) 'Frequency
Revision
Page 15 BF SI 4.~.A.l b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data 3.4 Test Performance (Continued)
'e. Trace no. 1-1 attached 3.5 D/G A Shutdown
a. 1614 sync. sw. ON
b. Mode sw'. PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM
c. D/G A in sync.
d. 1614 closed
e. D/G A unloaded 1818 trip
g. Control sw. STOP
h. D/G idle
i. 1614 sync. sw. OFF
j. D/G A standby readiness 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 1
a. 14A-K1OA (7-8) jumper removed 2nd person verification'.
14A-J1A fixture removed 2nd person verification c 14A-K25A (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification
d. 14A-K25A (5-6) boot removed 2nd person verification
e. 14A-S11A,NORMAL 2nd person verification
f 1 I
Page 16 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b
'/22/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown and Return to Normal Unit 1 (Continued)
f. PCV-75-22 closed/PCV-75-9 open
g. CS 1A trip
h. FCV-75-25 power restored Annunciation reset 3.7 RHR Unit 1 Shutdown and Return to Normal
a. 10A-K9A (3-4) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. NVA-A-1 (5-6) boot removed 2nd person verification
c. 10A-K105A energized
d. PCV-74-59 and -57 close/-7 open
e. RHR lA trip
f. FCV-74-61 power restored
g. FCV-,74-46 as left position /We'll'4
h. Annunciation reset 3.8 Shutdown Board A Return to Normal
a. 43SA reset t
b. RCW 1D returned CRD 1B returned
d. Fire pump A returned
e. 480V Sd Bd 1Awatnraed
Revision R
Page 17 BF SI 4 9 A l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.1 b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data 3.8 Shutdown Board A Return to Normal (Continued)
g. DGVA-A-3 (9-10) boot removed 2nd person verified j
h. DGVA-A-3 (11-12) boot removed 2nd person verified DGVA-A-4 (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verified
] DGVA-A-4 (3-4) boot removed 2nd person verified k Oscillograph inputs removed 1 EECW system in standby readiness
m. 480V Diesel Aux Bd. A returned to Normal
4' Page 18 BF SI 4-9 A.l.b 9/27/77 SI 4.9.A.l.b Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test D/G B I I'I I
1.1 The unit 1 reactor vessel pressure shall not be greater than atmospheric.
1.2 The unit 1 core spray system shall be lined up for standby readiness as specified by Operating Instruction No. 75.
1 3 The unit 1 RHR system shall be lined up for standby readiness as specified by Operating Instruction No. 74.
+1.4 RHRSW pump Cl shall be operable.
1.5 -Receive permission from the unit 1 assistant shift engineer to perform this test.
2. Precautions S
2.1 This test will render loop I of the unit 1 core spray system inoperable.
Do not conduct any test on loop II simultaneously. The requirements to test other systems or loops when one system is found to be inoperable will be waived when the system is made inoperable for testing.
2.2 This test will render loop I of the unit 1 RHR system inoperable. Do not conduct any test on loop II simultaneously.
2.3 Coordinate this test with the unit 2 operator and request that no suxveillance testing be performed on the unit 2 core spray and RHR systems during this test.
'3. Procedure 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 1
a. Vent the CSSI discharge piping through valves 75-584A and 75-585A until a steady stream of water is observed to flow out of the vent i into the open funnel.
~ . p
Revision
e f'
Page 19 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) I I
3.1 Core'pray Alignment - Unit 1 (Continued)
b. Verify FCV-75-25 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
c, Remove control power from FCV-75-25 by tripping breaker in compartment 14B on 480V Reactor MOV Bd. 1A.
d, Verify FCV-75-23 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
e. Verify test switch 14A-S15A (panel 9-32) is in the NORMAL position.
f. Plug core spray test fixture into jack 14A-J1A (panel 9-32).
CAUTION: Assure the test fixture switch is in the OFF position.
g. Place switch 14A-S13A (panel 9-32) in the TEST position and verify relay 14A-K31A drops out.
h. Block contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K26A (panel 9-32) open with an
~ X insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
'i. Block contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K26A (panel 9-32) open with an insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
s d
j ~ Place a jumper between contact terminals 3 and 4 on relay 14A-KlOA (panel 9-32) per Standard Practice BFA25. There are two wires on terminal 3 and one wire on terminal 4.
k. Place CS pump 1A breaker (4-kV Sd Bd A, panel 16) in the test position.
3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 1
a. Verify FCV-74-61 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
b, Remove power from FCV-74-61 by tripping breaker 7B on 480V Reactor MOV Bd 1A.
e S;
Page 20 BF SX 4 9..A.l.b 4/6/76 3~ Procedure (Continued) 3 2 'HR Alignment " Unit' (Continued)
c. Verify FCV-74-60 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
d Verify FCV-74-53 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
e. Verify FCV-74-58 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
Verify FCV-74-78 is closed by observing
/
position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
ge Verify FCV-74-46 is closed by observing indicating lights on panel 9-3. Close the valve if it is open.
h. Verify switch 10A-S48A {panel 9-32) is in the NORMAL position.
Verify that relay 10A-K76A (panel 9-32) is deenergized.
]. Block contact 5-6 on xelay NVA-B-1 (panel 25-45B) open with an insulated boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
k. Verify relay 10A-K105C {panel 9-32) is deenergized.
Place a jumper between contact terminals' and 10 on relay 10A-K9A (panel 9-32) in accordance with BFA25. There is one wire on terminal 9 and one wixe on terminal 10.
NOTE: Shen RHR 1C pump breaker closes, it cannot be tripped locally.
3.3 Shutdown Board B Alignment
a. Verify that neither 480V Diesel Aux Bd. A or B is feeding from TDE.
b. Verify that neither 480V Shutdown Bd 1A or 1B is feeding from TS1E.
c, Transfer 480V Shutdown Bd 2A feed from TS2A to TS2E.
d Caution unit 1 operator not to use fire pump B during the test.
e. Trip 43SB (panel 9-23) to manual.
Page 21 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Shutdown Board B Alignment (Continued)
I in 1
Block contact 9-10 on relay DGVA-B-3 open with an insulated boot accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
g. Block contact 11-12 on relay DGVA-B-3 open with an insulated boot 1
in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
h, Block contact 1-2 on relay DGVA-B-4 open with an insulated boot in t
accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
Block contact 3-4 on relay DGVA-B-4 open with an insulated boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
) ~ Connect oscillograph channels to monitor the following:
(1) 1616 trip circuit (2) 1822 close circuit (3) RHR pump 1C close circuit (4) CS pump 1C close circuit
(5) RHRSW pump Cl close circuit (6) 4-kV Shutdown Board B bus voltage (7) D/G B current 3.4 Test Performance 4
NOTE: Because the sequence of events in this test'-is critical, a communication link should be established'between 4-kV unit prior 'to test initiation.
Shutdown,.'oard B and panel 9-3, 1, NOTE: As soon as core spray pump 1C and RHR pump .1C 'start, .open their test loop valves from panel 9 FCV-75-22 and,FCV-74-57 and
" FCV-74-59, respectively. Continue until rated 'flows are established. (7000 to 10000 gpm,for RHR.and 3000 to 3125 "gpm for core spray) *
a. With the oscillograph running, trip 'breaker 1616. (Leave p"
the oscillograph on for 45 seconds.')
Revision
P O.
t
Page 22 BP Sr, 4'o A.l b 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.4 Test Performance (Continued)
b. Verify that the following breakers closed:
(1) 1822 (2) RHR pump 1C (3) CS pump 10
(4) RHRSH pump Cl~
c. Verify that diesel generator B voltage and current are stable.
d. Record the following D/G B data from metering on panel 9-23:
I (1) KW (2) KVAR (3) Volts (4) Amps (5) Frequency
e. Hark oscillogram as trace no. 1-2 and attach to the data sheet.
3 ' Diesel Generator B Shutdown
a. Turn breaker 1616 synchronizing switch to OH position.
b. Place diesel generator B operational mode switch in PARALLEL MXTH SYSTEM and verify associated mode light is on.
c. Adjust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with Shutdown Bus l.
d. Close breaker 1616.
e, Unload diesel generator.
f. Trip breaker 1822.
g. Pull diesel generator B control switch to STOP position.
h. Verify diesel generator speed drops to idle (450'pm).
Revision
Page 23 BF SE 4-9.A.l.b 4/6/76
3. 'Procedure (Continued)
'3.'5 Diesel Generator B Shutdown (Continued)
i. Place 1616 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
j- When diesel generator stops verify diesel generator system B is in standby readiness per OX 82.
3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And Return To Normal - Unit 1
a. Remove jumper between contact terminals 3 and 4 on relay 14A-KlOA (panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25- There should be two wires left on terminal 3 and 1 wire on terminal 4.
b. Remove core spray syst: em test fixture from jack 14A-J1A (panel 9-32).
c. Remove boot from contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K26A {panel 9-32) in accordance with BFA25.
d. Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K26A {panel 9-32) in accordance with BFA25.
e. Return switch 14A-S13A (panel 9-32) to the NORMAL position.
Close FCV-75-22. Verify FCV-75-9 opens as flow decreases.
g. Trip CS pump 1C.
h. Restore power to FCV-75-25 and verify position indicating light is on.
i. Reset all core spray annunciation.
'.7 RHR Shutdown And Return To Normal - Unit 1 a, Remove jumper between contact terminals 9 and 10 on relay 10A-K9A (panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25. There should be one wire left on terminal 9 and one wire on terminal 10.
b. Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay NVA-B-1 (panel 25-45B) in accordance with BFA25.
Page 24 BF SI 4.9, A.l.b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.7 RHR Shutdown And Return To Normal - Unit 1 (Continued)
c. Verify relay 10A-K105C (panel 9-32) is energized.
d. Close FCV-74-59 and FCV-74-57. Verify that FCV-74-7 opens as flow decreases.
e. Trip RHR pump 1C.
Restore power to FCV-74-61 and verify position indicating lights is on.
g. Return FCV-74-46 to the position required by the shift engineer.
Indicate the position on the data sheet.
h. Reset all RHR annunciation.
3.8 Shutdown Board B Return To Normal
a. Reset 43SB (panel 9-23) to auto.
b. Inform unit 1 operator that fire pump B is ready for operation.
c. Return 480V Shutdown Bd. 2A feed to TS2A
d. Return CS pump lA breaker to operate position.
e. Remove boot from contact 9-10 on relay DGVA.-B-3 in accordance with BFA25.
f. Remove boot from contact 11-12 on relay DGVA-B-3 in accordance with BFA25.
g. Remove boot from contact 1-2 on relay DGVA-B-4 in accordance with BFA25 ~
h. Remove boot from contact 3-4 on relay DGVA-B-4 in accordance with BFA25.
Remove oscillograph inputs.
Return EECW system to standby readiness per OI 67.
r ~
0
Page 25 BP SI 4.9.A.l.b'I27)77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3 ' Test Completion
a. The unit 1 core spray system, the unit 1,
1 RHR system, and Diesel 1
Generator B are now normal and in standby readiness.
i
b. Verify by signature and date on Data Cover Sheet that Dies'el B was tested in accordance with this instruction.
II'enerator 3 '0 Acceptance Criteria I
a. Diesel generator B reaches rated speed and voltage, and breaker 1822 closes within 11.5 seconds after 1616 trips.
b. RHR pump 1C starts within 1 second of 1822 closure.
c. CS pump 1C starts 7 + 1 second after 1822 closure.
d. RHRSH pump Cl starts 14 + 1 second after 1822 closure.
e. All three pumps successfully accelerate on diesel generator power.
f. Diesel generator B is stable following the test.
Revision
Page 26 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76
'I 4.9.A.l.b DATA COVER SHEET Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test D/G B Performed By Date Electrician Vere criteria satisfied? Yes No If no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (explain in remarks)
No (explain in remarks)
Verified by Shift Engineer Date Reason for test:
Required by schedule Ocher (explain}
. Results reviewed Date Electrical. Engineer Results Review and A royal Cognizant Engineer Date Rescheduled QA Staff Date Remarks
I~
I
~ . ~ n-o, t4 % 4 I
~ 8\
o. I
~ 4
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
I ~ ~ ~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ I
~ ~
I ~
I ~
' ' Ill ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ll ~
~ ~ ~
~ I ~ ~ ~
~ I ~ ~ ~
~ II ~ ~
~ ~ ~
' I o -
I ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
I ' ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
I ' ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
1
~P f ~ J
~ '
PO ~
f
Page 27 BPSI49Alb 4/6/76 .,;
SI 4.9.A.l.b DATA SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST D/G B NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
Initials/Data
~Ste 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 1
a. CSSI vented
b. FCV-75-25 closed
c. PCV-75-25 power removed
d. PCV-75-23 closed
e. 14A-S15A NORMAL
f. 14A-J1A fixture in
g. 14A-S13A TEST/14A-K31A out
h. 14A-K26A (1-2) booted 2nd person verification
i. 14A-K26A (5-6) booted 2nd person verification 14A-K10A (3-4) )umpered 2nd person verification
k. CS lA removed 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 1
a. FCV-74-61 closed FCV-74-61 power removed co PCV-74-60 power closed
d. FCV-74-53 closed
e. PCV-74-58 closed
/
4 I Ml 1
4g I
Page 29 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste IHXTIALS/13ATE 3.3 Shutdown Bd. B Alignment (Continued)
Oscillograph connections (1) 1616 trip ckt.
(2) 1822 cl. ckt.
(3) RHR lC cl. ckt.
(4) CS 1C cl. ckt.
(5) RHRSW Cl cl. ckt.
,(6) 4-kV Sd. Bd. B volt
'(7) D/G B current 3.4 Test Performance
a. 1616 trip
b. Breaker closure
.(1) 1822 (2) RHR lC (3) CS IC
. <<(4) RHRSW Cl
'c. Diesel gen. B stable
d. D/G B data (1) KW (2) KVAR (3) Volts (4) Amps (5) Frequency
e. Trace no. 1-2 attached
Revision
/
4 4
Page 30 BP SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76
~'ata Sheet SI 4.9-A.l b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data
'3.5 D/G A Shutdown
a. 1616 sync. sw. ON
b. Mode sw. PARALLEL MITE SYSTEM
c. D/G B in sync.
d. 1616 closed
e. D/G B unloaded
f. 1822 trip
g. Control sw. STOP idle
h. D/G 1616 sync. sw. OPP
j. D/G B standby readiness 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 1
a. 14A-K10A (3-4) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. 14A"J1A fixture removed 2nd person verification
c. 14A-K26A (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification
d. 14A-K26A (5-6) boot removed 2nd person verification
e. 14A-S13A NORMAL 2nd person verification FCV-75-22 closed/PCV-75-9 open
g. CS 1C trip
0
~ ~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ II I ~ ' ' lll 0 11 1 ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ll
~ ~ ~ ~ II ~ '
~ ~ ~
I ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~ I ~ 'I ~ ~ ~ II
~ ll ~
~ I~
I I ~ ~ ~ . II ~ - ~
~ ~ ~
Page 32 BP SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued) ate Initials/Data
3.8 Shutdown Board B Return to Normal (Continued)
f. DGVA-B-4 (11-12) boot removed 2nd person verification
g. DGVA-B-4 (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification DGVA-B-4 (3-4) boot removed 2nd person verification Oscillograph inputs removed g ~ EECW system in standby readiness
Page 33 BF SI 4 9.A 1 b 9/27/77 SI 49.A 1 b Diesel Generator Emergency Load. Acceptance Test D/G C
1. Prerequisites 1.1 The unit 1 reactor vessel pressure shaU. not be greater than atmospheric.
1.2 The unit 1 core spray system shall be lined. up for standby readiness 'as specifiecL by Operating Instruction No. 75.
1 3 The unit 1 RHR system shall 'be lined. up for standby readiness as specified.
by Operating Instruction No. 74.
1.4 RHHSW pump B3 shal3. be operable.
1.5 Receive permission from the unit 1 assistant shift engineer to perform this test.
2. Precautions 2 1 This test wiLl. render loop II of the unit 1 core spray system inoperable.
Zo not conduct any test on loop I simultaneously. The requirements to test other systems or loops when one system 5s found. to be inoperable wiLl. be waived. when the system is made inoperable for testing.
2.2 This test will render loop II of the unit 1 RHR system inoperable. Zo not conduct any test on loop I simultaneously.
2 3 Coordinate this test with the unit 2 operator and. request that no surveiLLance testing 'be performed. on the unit 2 core spray-and. RHR I
systems during this test.
3. Procedure
'I C
3 1 Core.4~ay Alignment - Unit 1 .
Vent the CSSII discharge piping through valves 75-58kB and. 75-585B until a steady stream of water is observed to flow out of the vent
geyision line 9zrbo the open funnel.
Page 34 BF SI 4.9 A l.b 4/6/76 3 Procedure (Continued.)
31 1 Core Spray Alignment Unit 1 (Continued) b, Verify FCV-75-53 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnl. 9-3.
c. Remove control power from FCV-75-53 by tripping breaker in co~ment 7Z on 480V Reactor MOV.Bd. 1B.
Verify FCW-75-51 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnl. 9-3.
e. Verify test switch 14A-S15B (pnl. 9-33) is in the NORMAL position.
Plug core spray system test fibre into jack 14A-J1B (pnl. 9-33).
g. Place switch 14A-S1ZB (pnl. 9-33) in the TEST position and. verify relay 14A-E29B (pnl. 9-33) drops out.
h. Block contact 1-2 on relay 14A-H25B (pnl. 9-33) open with an insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
Block contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K25B (pnl. 9-33) open with an insulated.
boot per Standard. Practice BFA 25.*
FL'ace a jumper between contact teru~als 7 and. 8 on relay 14A-KLOB (pn3..
9-33) per Standard. Practice BFA25. There are 2.wires on teradzml 7 and. one wire on terminal 8.
k. Remove CS pump 1D breaker (4KV Scl M D, pnl. 7) from the operate position 302 Alignment Unit 1 Verify FCV-74-75 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnlo 9-3 Remove power from FCV-74-75 by tripping breaker lOE on 480V Reactor KOV M1 1BO
c. Verify FCV-74-70 is closecL by observing position indicating lights on pnl. 9-3.
Page 35 BF SX 4,9 A.l b 4/6/76 Procedure (Continued.)
.3 2 RHR Alignment - Unit 1 (Continued.)
d. Verify FCV-7W67 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnlo 9 3o e Verify FCV-74-72 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnl- 9-3.
Verify FCV-74-78 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnl ~ 9-3
g. Verify FCV-7W46 is closed. by observing the indicating lights on pnl. 9-3. Close the valve if it is open.
Verify FCV-78-61 is closed. by observing the indicating lights on pnlo 9-4o Verify switch 3.0A-S48B (pnl. 9-33) is in the IRRMAL position.
g ~ Verify that relay 10A-K72B (pnl 9-33) is deenergized..
k. Block contact 5-6 on re2ay HVA-C-l (pnl. 25-AC) open with an insulated.
boot in accordance with Standard. Practice BFA25 ~
1. Verify that relay 1QA-K105B (pnl. 9-33) is deenergized..
m. Verify that relay 1QA-KGB (pnl. 9-33) is deenergized..
n. Place a pumper between contact terminals 3 and. 4 on relay 10A-K9B (pnl. 9-33) in accordance with BFA25 ~ There is one wire on terminal 3 and. two wires on terminal 4~
NOZE: When RHR 1B pump breaker closes, it cannot be tripped. locally.
3.3 ShuMown Board. C Alignment
a. Transf'er 480V ShuMown M. 1B feed. from TSlB to TSlE.
b. Verify that neither 480V ShuMown M. 2A nor 2B is feeding from TS2E.
c. Caution unit 1 operator not to use fire pump C during this test.
Page 36 BP SX 4 9.A l.b 9/27/77 Procedure (Continued.)
3.3 Shutdown Board. C Alignment (Continued.)
d Trip 43SC (pnl. 9-23) to manual e, Block contact 9-10 on relay DGVA-C-3 open with an insulated 'boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
Block contact 11-12 on relay DGVA-C-3 open with an insulated. boot in accordance with Standard. Practice BFA25 ~
g. Block contact 1-2 on relay DGVA-C-4 open with an insulated 'boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
h. Block contact 3-4 on relay DGVA-C-4 open with an insulated 'boot in accordance with Standard. Practice BFA25.
Connect oscillograph channels to monitor the following:
(1) 1718 trip circuit (2) 18l2 close circuit (3) BHR pump lB close circuit (4) CS pump lB close circuit
{5) H~ pump >3 close circuit
{6) 4-KV Shutdown Board C 'bus voltage
{7) D/6 C current 3.0 Test Performance EOTZ: Because the sequence of events in this test is critica3., a communication link should.'be established.'between 4-IQT Shutdown C and, panel 9-3, unit 1, prior to test initiation. 'oard HZE: As soon as core spray pump lB and RHR pump lB start, open their test loop valves from pnl. 9 FCV-75-50, and. FCV-74-71 and.
FCV-7%73, respectively. Continue until rated, flows are established, (7000 to 10000 gpm for RHR and 3000 to 3125 gpm for core spray.)
+Revision
l Page 37 BFSI49Alb 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued)
Test Performance (Continued.)
a. With the oscillograph t
~ng, trip breaker 1718. (Leave the oscillograph on. for 45 seconds.)
4
b. Verify that the following breakers closed:
(1) 1812 (2) a@a pump ZZ
/
(3)
(4) XraSW ~ a3 voltage and current are stable.
c. Verify that diesel generator C d.. Record, the following D/G C data from metering on pnl. 9-23.
(1) ZW (2) KVAR (3) Volts (4) ~
(5) Frequency
e. Mark oscillogram as trace no. 1-3 and. attach to the data sheet.'.5 Diesel Generator C Shutdown
a. Turn breaker 1718 synchronizing switch to ON position.
Place diesel generator C operational mode switch in PARALLEL WTTH SYSTEM and verify associated mode light is on.
c. Adust frequency and. voltage-until the diesel generator is in
~
synchronism with Shutdown Bus 2.
d. ~ Close breaker 1718.
e. Unload. diesel generator.
f. Trip breaker 1832.
Revision
/
0
Page 38 HF SX 4 9.A 1 b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3 5 Diesel Generator C Shutdown (Continued.)
g, Pull diesel generator C control svitch to STOP position.
h. Verify cU.esel generator speed. drops to idle (450 rpm).
Place 1718 synchronizing svitch in OFZ position.
j ~ When diesel generator stops verify diesel generator system C is in standby readiness per OI 82.
3 6 Core Spray Shutdown And. Return To Normal Unit 1 a,, Remove jumper 'between contact terminals 7 and. 8 on relay 14A-KLOB (pjol. 9-33) in accordance with BFA25. There should. be 2 wires left on terminal 7 and. one vire on terminal 8.
b Remove core spray system test fixture from jack 14A-JlB (pnl. 9-33)
c. Remove boot from contact 1-2 on relay 14A K25B (pnl. 9-33) in accordance vith BFA25
d. Remove 'boot from contact 5-6 on relay 14K-K25B (pnl 9-33) in accordance with BFA25.
e. Return switch 14A-S11B (pnl. 9-33) to NGHMAL position.
Close FCV-75-50. Verify FCV-75-37 opens as flov decreases.
g. Trip CS pump 1B.
h. Restore power to FCV-75-53 and. verify position indicating light is on.
Reset all core spray annunciation.
3.7 RHR Shutdown And. Return To Normal Unit 1
a. Remove jumper 'between contact terminals 3 and, 4 on relay 1OA-K9B (pn3. ~ 9-33) in accordance with Standard. Practice BFA25. There should. 'be one vire left on terminal 3 and. two vires on terrn1nal 4.
Page 39
.BF SI4 9A lb 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3 7 RHR Shutdown And, Return To Normal Unit 1 (Continued.)
b Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay NVA-C-3. (pnl.25-45C) in accordance with EFA25.
c. Verify relay 1QA-KL05B (pnl. 9-33) is energized..
d, Close PCV-74-71 and. PCV-7&73 Verify that PCV-7%30 opens as flow decreases.
e Trip RHR pump 1B~
Restore power to PCV-74-75 and. verify position indicating light is on.
g. Return PCV-74-46 to the position required. by the shift engineer.
Indicate the position on the data sheet.
h. Reset a11 RHR annunciation.
3.8 Shutdown Board C Return To Hormal a, Reset 43SC (pnl. 9-23) to auto.
Inform unit 1 operator that fire pump C is now ready for operation.
c, Return 4807 Shutdown Bd 1B feed eo TS1B.
d,. Return CS pgmp 1D breaker to operate position.
e. Remove 'boot from contact 9-10 on relay DGVA-C-3 in accordance with BFA25
f. Remove 'boot from contact 11-12 on relay DGVA-C-3 in accordance with BFR25 g'emove 'boot from. contact 1-2, on relay DGVA-0-4 in accordance with BPA25
h. 'emove 'boot from 'contact 3-4 on relay DGVA-C-4 in'ccordance with BFA25.
Remove oscillograph inputs.
Return the EECV System to standby readiness per OI 67.
Page 40 EF S3: 4+9 A 1 b 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3.9 Test Completion I
a The unit 1 core spray.'system, the unit 1 RHR system, and. Diesel
< ~Generator C are now normal and. in standby readiness.
'b Verify by signature and. date on Zeta Cover Sheet that Diesel Generator C was tested. in accordance with this instruction.
3 10 Acceptance Criteria I a, Diesel generator C reaches rated. speed, and. voltage~ and. breaker 1832 closes within 11.5 seconds after 1718 trips.
b RHR pump 333 starts within 1 second, of 1832 closure.
c~ CS pump 1B starts 7 + 1 second after 1832 closure.
d. RHBSW pump E~ starts 14 + 1 second. aft;er 1832 closure.
e, All three pumos successfully accelerate on diesel generator power.
f. Diesel generator C is stable following the test.
Revision h
Page 41 BP SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 SI 4.9.A.l.b DATA COVER SHEET Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test D/G C performed By Date Electrician there criteria satisfied? Yes No If no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (explain in remarks)
~
No {explein in remarks) z Verified by Shift Engineer Date Reason for test:
Required by schedule Other {explein)
Results reviewed Date Electrical Engineer Results Review and A royal
,Cognizant Engineer Date Rescheduled qA Staff Date Remarks
0 f s 4
Page 42 BF SI 4.o.A l.b 4/6/76 SI49Alb DATA,SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST D/G C NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction. Initials
~Ste /Data 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 1 a, CSSII vented b FCV-75-53 closed
c. FCV-75-53 power removed
d. FCV-75-51 closed
e. 14A-S15B NORMAL
f. 14A-JlB fixture in g.
h.
14A-S11B TEST/14A-K29B 14A-K25B 2nd person (1-2) booted verification out 14A-K25B (5-6) booted 2nd person verification 14A"KlOB (7-8) jumpered 2nd person verification
k. CS 1D removed
.=3=2 RHR Alignment - Unit 1 a FCV-74-75 closed
b. FCV-74-75 power removed
c. FCV"74-74 closed
d. FCV"74-67 closed
e. TCV-'74-72 closed
'I k
page 43 BF SX 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SX 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste Enitials/Data 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 1 (Continued)
f. PCV-74-78 closed
g. FCV"74-46 closed
h. FCV-78-61 closed
i. 10A-S48B NORMAL
,/
10A-K72B deenergized
k. NVA-C-l (5-6) booted 2nd person verification
1. 10A-K105B deenergized
m. 10A-K74B deenergized
n. 10A-K9B (3-4) jumpered 2nd person verification 3.3 Shutdown Bd. C Alignment
a. 480V Sd. Bd. 1B transferred
b. 480V Sd. Bds. 2A and 2B feeds verified
c. Pire pump C caution
d. 43SC tripped
e. DGVA-C-3 (9-10) booted 2nd person verification
f. DGVA-C-3'(11-12) booted 2nd person verification 4
g. DGVA-C-4 (1-2) booted 2nd,person verification
Page 44 BF SX 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste ZNZFIALS/RAZZ 3.3 Shutdown Bd. C Alignment (Continued)
h. DGVA-C-4 (3-4) booted 2nd person veriQ.cation Oscillograph connections (1) 1718 trip ckt.
(2) 1812 cl. ckt.
(3) RHR 1B cl. ckt.
(4)- CS 1B cl. ckt.
(5) RHR Sw. B3 cl. ckt.
(6) 4-kV Sd. Bd. C volt (7) D/G C current 3.4 Test Performance
a. 1718 trip
b. Breaker closure (1) 1812 (2) "RHR 1B (3) CS 1B
(4) RHRSW B3
c. Diesel gen. C stable
d. D/G C data (1) KW (2) KVAR (3) Volts (4) Amps
,+Revision (5).'Frequency
Page 45 BF SI 4.5.'A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A. l. b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data 3,4 Test Per formance (Continued)
e. Trace no. 1-3 attached 3.5 D/G A Shutdown
a. 1718 sync. sw. ON
b. Mode sw. PARALLEL WXTH SYSTEM
c. D/G C in sync.
d. 1718 closed
e. D/G C unloaded
f. 1812 trip
g. Control sw. STOP
h. D/G idle M~
i. 1718 sync. sw. OFF D/G C standby readiness 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 1
a. 14A"KlOB (7-8) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. 14A-JlB fixture removed 2nd person verification
c. 14A-K25B (1-2) boot removed 2nd person-verification
'd. 14A-K25B (5>>6) boot removed 2nd person verification
e. 14A-S11B NORMAL 2nd person verification
Page BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9-A.l.b (Continued) ate Initials/Data 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 1 (Continued)
PCV-75-50 closed/FCV-75-9 open CS 1B trip
h. FCV-75-53 power restored Annunciation reset 3 7 RHR Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 1
a. 10A-K9B (3-4) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. NVA-C-1 (5-6) boot removed 2nd person ver" fication
c. 10A-K105B energized
d. PCV-74-71 and -73 close/-30 open
e. RHR 1B trip FCV-74-75 power restored
g. FCV-74-46 as left position
h. Annunciation reset 3.8 Shutdown Board C Return to Normal
a. 43SC reset
b. Pire pump C returned
c. 480V Sd. Bd. 1B returned
d. CS ID returned
e. DGVA-C-3 (9-10) boot removed 2nd person verification
)
P
Page 47 BF SI 4-9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l-b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data 3.8 Shutdown Board C Return to Normal (Continued)
.f. DGVA-C-3 (11-12) boot removed 2nd person verification
g. DGVA-C-4 (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification
h. DGVA-C-4 (3-4) boot removed 2nd person verification
i. Oscillograph inputs removed EECW system in standby readiness
e
Page 48 EP SI 4,9 A 3. b 9/27/77 SI We9.A+1 b Diesel Generator Emergency Load. Acceptance Test:
D/G D
1. Prerequisites 3.,3. The unit, 1 reactor vesse3. pressure shall not b greater than atmospheric.
1.2 The unit 1 core spray system shall be lined up for standby readiness as specified by Operating Instruction Ão. 75 ~
1 3 The urdt 1 RHR system shall be lined. up for standby readiness as specified.
by Operating Instruction Mo. 74
'1 4 KKSV pLlmp Q3 shal1 be operable.
3. ~ 5 Receive permssion from the unit 1 assistant shift engineer to perform this test.
2. Precautions 2.3. This test will render loop II of the unit 1 core spray system inoperable.
Do not conduct any test on'loop I slmultaneous3y. The requirements to test other systems or loops when one system is found to be inoperable will 'be waived. when the system is made inoperable for testing.
2.2 This test will render loop II of the unit 1 RHR system inoperable. Do not conduct any test on loop I simultaneously.
2.3 Coordinate this test with the unit 2 operator and. request that no surveillance testing be performed. on the unit 2 core spray and. RHR systems during this test.
3. Procedure 3.1 Core Spray Alignment Unit 1
a. Vent the CSSII discharge piping through valves 75-5QB and 75-585B until a steady stream of water is observed. to flow out of the vent line into the open fhnnel. I
Revis ion
/'
Page 49 BF SI 0,9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Procedure (Continued.)
3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 1 (Continued)
b. Verify FCV-75-53 is closed.'by observing position indicating lights on pnlo 9-3o Ce Remove control power from FCV-75-53 'by tripping breaker in compartment 7E on 480V Reactor MOV M. 1B.
d. Verify FCV-75-51 is closed by observing position indicating lights on pnlo 9-3o
e. Verify test switch 14A-S153 (pn1. 9-33) is in the NORMAL position.
Plug core spray test fixture into jack 14A-J13 (pn1. 9-33).
CAUTION: Assure the test fixture switch is in the OFF position.
g. Place switch 14A-S13B (pn1. 9-33) in the TEST position and verify
/
relay 14A-K313 (pnl. 9-33) drops out.
h. Block contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K263 (pn1. 9-33') open with an insulated 'boot per Standard, Practice 3FA25.
Block contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K263 (pnl. 9-33) open with an insulated: boot per Standard. Practice 3FA25.
Palace a jumper 'between contact temninals 3 and. 4 on relay 14A-K103 (pnl 9-33) per Standard Practice BFA25. There are 2 wires on terad.nal 3 and. one wire on terminal 4 ~
k. Remove CS pump le breaker (4KV Sd. M C, pnl. 6) from the operate position+
3,2 RHR Alignment Unit 1 Verify FCV-74-75 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnl 9-3e
~
Remove power from FCV-74-75 'by tripping breaker 10E on 480V Reactor MOV Mo 13.
f I L
Page 50 3F SX 4 9.A.l.b 4/6/76 3 Procedure (Continued) 3.2 RHR Alignment Unit 1 (Continued)
Co Verify FCV-74-74 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnl- 9-3.
Verify FCV-7W67 is closed. 'by observing position indicating lights on pnl. 9-3.
e. Verify FCV-74-72 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnlo 9-3 ~
Verify FCV"74-78 is closed.'by observing position indicating lights on pnl- 9-3 ~
ge Verify FCV-7W46 is closed. by observing the indicat~ lights on pnl.
9-3.. Close the valve if it is open.
1 h Verify that FCV-78-61 is closed by observing the indicating lights on pnl..
(pnl. 9-33) is in the 9-4'erify switch 1QA-S483 NORMAL position.
Verify that relay 1QA-K763 (pnl. 9-33) is deenergized..
Block contact 5-6 on relay NVA-D-1 (pnl.25-45D) open with an insulated 'boot in accordance with. Standard. Practice 3FA25.
Verify that relay 1QA-K105D (pnl. 9-33) is deenergized..
m. Verify that relay 1QA-KGB (pnl. 9-33) is deenergized..
n. Place a jumper 'between contact terminals 7 and, 8 on relay 1QA-K93 (pnl. 9-33) in accordance with HFA25. There is one wire on terminal 7 and. one wire on terminal 8.
NOTE: When RHR 1D pump breaker closes~ it cannot be tripped. locally.
3.3 Shutdown Board. D Alignment Transfer 480V Shutd,own Bd. 2B feed. from TS23 to TS2E.
Transfer 480V Diesel Aux. Bd. 3 feed from TDB to TDE.
/
Page 51 BF SX 4.9;A.l.b 9/27/77 '
3 Procedure (Continued,)
3.3 Shutdown Board D Alignment (Continued) c Trip 43SD (pnl. 9-23) to manual.
d. Block contact 9-10 on relay DGVA-D-3 open with an insulated boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
II e Block contact 11-32 on relay DGVA-D-3 open with an insulated boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25 ~
Block contact 1-2 on relay DGVA'-D-4 open with an insulated 'boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
g. Block contact 3-4 on relay DGVA-D-4 open with an insulated. boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
h. Connect oscillograph channels to monitor the following:
(1),1724 trip circuit (2) 1816 close circuit (3) RHR pump 1D close circuit (4) CS pump 1D close circuit
(5) RHRSV pump D3 close circuit (6) 4-KV Shutdown Board D 'bus voltage (7) D/G D current 3.4" Test Performance NCTE: Because the seauence of events in this test is critical, a communication link should. be established. between 4-KV Shutdown Board D and. panel 9-3, unit 1, prior to test. initiation.
If!J' $ 4 HQZE: As soon as core spray pump 1D and. RHR pump 1D start, openMeir test loop valves from pnl. 9-3,ZCV-75-50, and. FCV-74-71 and.
FCV-74-73, respectively. Continue until rated. flows are
'.- established. (7000 to 10000 gpm for RHR and 3000 to 3125 gpm for core spray)
+Revision
,i et, Page 52 3PSIlo9Alb 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3.4 Test Performance (Continued.)
a With the oscillograph running~ trip 'breaker 1724. (Leave the oscillograph on for 45 seconds.)
b. Verify that the following 'breakers closed.;
(1) 1816 (2) RHR ~ 1D (3) CS,pump 1D
(0) RHRSW ~ D3 current are sta'ble.
c. Verify that diesel generator D voltage and.
d. Record. the following D/G D data from metering on pnl. 9-23:
(1) rm (2) KVAR (3) Volts (4) ~
(5) Frequency
e. Nark oscillogram as trace no. 1-4 and. attach to the data sheet.
3.5 Diesel Generator D Shutdown a Turn breaker 1724 synchronizing switch to ON position.
b Place diesel generator D operational mode switch in PARALLEL WXTH SYSTEM and verify associated mode light is on.
c. Adjust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with Shutdown Bus 2.
Close breaker 1724.
e. XJn1oad. diesel generator.
Revision
I
(
Page 53 BF SI 4'9.A 1 b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3.5 Diesel Generator D Shutdown (Continued.)',
Trip breaker 1816.
II
g. Pull diesel generator D control switch to STOP position.
I
h. Verify diesel generator speed. drops to icLLe (450 rpm).
Place 1724 synchronizing svitch in OFF position.
Shen diesel generator stops verify E
cU.esel generator system D is I
in standby readiness per OI 82.
3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And. Return To Normal Unit 1
a. -Remove jumper between contact terminals 3 and. 4 on relay 14A-K10B (pnl. 9-33) in accordance with BFA25. There should. be two vires left on terminal 3 and. one vire. 3.eft on terminal 8.
b. Remove core spray test fixture from jack 14A-J333 (pnl. 9-33).
c. Remove 'boot f om contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K26B (pnl. 9-33) in accordance with Standard. Practice BFA25.
d. Remove 'boot from contact 5-6 on relay 3%A-K26B (pnl. 9-33) in accordance with BFA25.
e Return switch 14A-S13B (pnl. 9-33) to NORMAL position.
f. Close FCV-75-50. Verify FCV-75-37 opens as flov decreases.
g. Trip CS pump 1D.
h. Restore power to FCV-75-53 and. verify position indicating light is on.
Reset all core spray annunciation.
3.7 RHR Shutdown And. Return To Normal - Unit 1 Remove jumper between contact terminals 7 and. 8 on relay 1QA-K9B (pnl. 9-33) in accordance with Standard. Practice EFA25. There should.
'be one wire left on terminal 7 and, one-wire on terminal 8.
'b. Remove 'boot from contact 5-6 on relay NVA-D-1 (pnl.25-45D) in accordance vith BFA25
/
~
%age 54 EF SI 4.9.A 1 b 4/6/76 3 'rocedure (Continued.)
3'7 RHR Shutdown And. Return To Normal - Unit 1 (Continued.)
c Verify relay 1QA;K105D (pnl. 9-33) is energized..
d. Close FCV-74-71 and. FCV-74-73. Verify that FCV-74-30 open as flow decreases.
e. Trip RHR pump 1D.
Restore power to FCV-74 75 and. verify position indicating light is on.
g Return FCV-7W46 to the position required. by the shift engineer. Indicate the position on the data sheet.
'h. Reset all RHR annunciation.
.3 8 Shutdown Boarcl D Return To Normal
a. Reset 43SD (pnl. 9-23) to auto.
Return 480V Shutdown M. 23 feed. to TS23.
c. Return 480V Diesel Aux. M. B feecL to TDB.
d. Return CS pump 1B breaker to operate position.
e. Remove boot from contact 9-10 on relay DGVA-D-3 in accordance with BFR25 ~
Remove 'boot from contact 11-12 on relay DGVA-D-3 in accordance with 3FA25 ~
g. Remove boot from contact 1-2 on relay DGVA-D-4 in accordance with BFA25
h. Remove 'boot from contact 3-4 on relay ZGVA-D-4 in accordance with SF'.
i ~ Remove oscillograph inputs.
g ~ Return the KECK system to standby readiness per OI 67.
I I
Page 55 BF Sl 4 9 A 1 'b 9/27/77 ',
3. -Procedure (Continued.)
3 9 Test Completion a The unit 1 core spray system, the unit 1 RHR system, and Diesel Generator D are now normal and. in standby readiness.
b. Verify by signature and. date on Data Cover Sheet that Diesel Generator D was tested. in accordance with this instruction.
3.10 Acceptance Criteria
a. Diesel generator D reaches rated, speed. and..voltage, and. 'breaker 3.816 closes within 11.5 seconds after 1724 trips.
b. RHR pump 1D starts within 1 second of 1816 closure.
c CS pump 1D starts 7 + 1 second. after 1816 closure.
d RHRSV pump D3 starts 14 + 1 second. after 1816 closure.
e All three pung'uccessfully accelerate on diesel generator power.
f. Diesel generator D. is stable following the test.
Revision
0 '
Page 56 BF SI 4 9 A lb 4/6/76 SI 4'9.A.l.b DATA COVER SHEE,T Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test D/G D Performed By Date Electrician Wete criteria satisfied? Yes No If no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (explain in remarks)
No (explain in remarks)
Verified by Shift Engineer Date Reason for test:
Required by schedule.
Other (explain)
Results reviewed Date Electrical Engineer s
Results Review and A royal
(,Cognieant Engineer Date" Rescheduled
~ s QA Staff Date Remarks s
I IC Qi
Page 57 BF SI 4 9.A.l.b 4/6/76 SI. 4.9.A.l-b DATA SHEET I
DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST D/G D NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
ate Initials/Data 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 1
a. CSSII vented
b. FCV-75-53 closed
c. FCV-75-53 power removed
d. FCV-75-51 closed
e. 14A-S15B NORMAL
f. 14A-J1B fixture in
g. 14A-SHB TEST/14A< 31B out
h. 14A"K25B (1-2) booted 2nd person verification
i. 14A-K25B (5-6) booted 2nd person verification 14A-K10B (3-4) )umpered 2nd person verification
'. CS 1B removed 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 1
a. FCV-74-75 closed
b. FCV<<74-'75 power removed
c. FCV"74-74 closed
d. FCV-74>>67 closed
e. FCV-74-, 72 closed
Page 58 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A-l.b (Continued) ate Initials/Data 3.2 'RHR Alignment - Unit 1 (Continued)
FCV-74-78 closed ig. FCV-74-46 closed
'ih. FCV-78-61 closed
i. 10A"S48B NORMAL 10A-K76B deenergized
'.k. NVA-D-1 (5-6) booted 2nd person verification
9. 10A-K105D deenergized
m., 10A-K74B deenergized
n. 10A-K9B (7-8) jumpered 2nd person verification 3.3 'Shutdown Bd. D Alignment
a. 480V Sd. Bd. 2B transferred
, '.b. 480V Diesel Aux. Bd. B transferred
c. 43SD tripped
d. DGVA-D-3 (9-10) booted 2nd person verification
'e. DGVA-D-3 (11-12) booted 2nd person verification
,f DGVA-D-4 (1-2) booted 2nd person verification
/
'I
'F SI 4.9.A.1 Page 59 b
9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
.3.3 Shutdown Bd. D Alignment (Continued)
g. DGVA-A-4 (3-4) booted 2nd person verification
h. Oscillograph connections (1) 1724 trip ckt.
(2) '1816 cl. ckt.
(3)" RHR 1D cl. ckt.
(4) CS lD cl. ckt.
(5)'HRSM D3 cl. ckt.
(6) 4-'kV Sd. Bd. D volt.
(7) D/G D current 3 4 Test Performance
a. 1724 trip
b. Breaker closure (1) 1816 ~ Wk ~
(2) RHR 1D
'3) CS 1D
~(4) RHRSW D3
c. Diesel gen. D stable
d. D/G D data
'(1) KW (2) KVAR (3) Volts
Revision
I
/
4 4
Page 60 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9-A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data 3 4 Test Performance (Continued)
d. D/G D data (Continued)
(4) imps (5) Frequency
e. Trace no. 1-4 attached 3.5 D/G D Shutdown
a. 1724 sync. sw. ON
b. Mode sw. PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM
c. D/G D in sync.
d. 1724 closed
/
e. D/G D unloaded
f. ~ 1816 trip g.-- Control sw. STOP
h. D/G idle
i. 1724 sync. sw. OFF D/G D'tandby readiness 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And Return to Normal - Unit 1 a, ~ 14A-K10B (3-4) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. -14A'J1B fixture removed 2nd person verification
c. 14A-K25B (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification
d. 14A-K25B (5-6) boot removed 2nd person'verification
0 II
Page 61 BP SI 4.9.A.1 b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9 A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And Return to Normal - Unit 1 (Continued)
e. 14A-S13B NORMAL
f. FCV-75-50 closed/FCV-75-37 open
g. CS 1D trip h PCV-75-53 power restored
i. Annunciation reset 3,7 RHR Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 1 a 10A"K9A (7-8) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. NVA-D-I (5-6) boot removed 2nd person verification
c. 10A-K105D energized
d. PCV>>74-71 and -73 close/-30 open e RHR lD trip
f. FCV-74-75 power restored g, PCV-74-46 as left position
h. Annunciation reset 3.8 Shutdown Board D Return to Normal
a. 43SD reset
b. 480V Sd. Bd. 2B returned c 480V Diesel Aux. Bd. B returned
d. CS 1B'eturned
0 Page 62 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data 3.8 Shutdown Board D Return to Normal (Continued)
~e. DGVA-D-3 (9-10) boot removed 2nd person verification
~f. DGVA-D-3 (11-12) boot removed 2nd person verification
g. DGVA-D-4 (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification ih DGVA-D-4 (3-4) boot removed 2nd person verification Oscillograph inputs removed ZECW in standby readiness
/
0
Page 63
~ BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77' SI 4.9.A l.b DIESEL GENERATOR KKRGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST D/G 3A The unit 3 reactor vessel pressure shall not be greater than atmospheric.
1.2 The unit 3 core spray system shall be lined up for standby readiness as specified by Operating Instruction No. 75.
1.3 The unit 3 RHR system shall be lined up for standby readiness as specified'by Operating Instruction No. 74.
1.4 RHRSW pump A3 shall be operable.
1.5 Receive permission from the unit 3 assistant shift engineer to perform this test.
2. Precautions 2.1 This test will render loop I of the unit 3 core spray system inoperable.
Do not conduct any test on loop II simultaneously. The requirements to test other systems or loops when one system is found to be inoperable will be waived when the syst'm 4
is made inoperable for testing.
3. Procedure 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 3
a. Vent the CSSI discharge piping through valves 75-584A and 75-585A 4
until a steady stxeam of water is observed to flow out of the vent line into the open funnel.
b. Verify FCV-75-25 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
geyison
l C
Page 64 BF Sl 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.1 Core. Spray Alignment - Unit 3 (Continued)
c. Remove control power:from FCV-75-25 by tripping breaker in compart-ment 14B on 480V Reactor HOV Bd. 3A.
d Verify FCV-75-23 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
e. Verify test switch 14A-S15A (panel 9-32) is in the NORMAL position.
f. Plug core spray system test fixture into jack 14A-J1A (panel 9-32).
CAUTXON: Assure the test fixture switch is in the OFF position.
g. Place switch 14A-SllA (panel 9-32) in TEST position and verify relay 14A-K29A (panel 9-32) drops out.
h. Block contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K25A (panel 9-32) open with an insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
i. Block contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K25A (panel 9-32) open with an insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
Place a jumper between contact terminals 7 and 8 on relay 14A-K10A.
(panel 9-32) per BFA25.
gi
k. Remove CS pump 3C breaker (4-kV Sd. Bd. 3EB, panel 5) from the
<<operate position.
3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 3
a. Venting of the RHR system shall have been accomplished no longer than 30 days prior to the implementation of this test. This can be verified by checking the last running date of SI 4.5.B.l.a, Sl 4.5.B.l.b, or Sl 4.5.B.l.d. Xf venting has not been accomplished, vent the RHRs at the following locatians:
Page 65 BF SI 4.9-A.1 b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 3 (Continued)
a. (Continued)
Solenoid Valve Valve Location FSV-74-142 A heat exchanger FSV-74-143 C heat exchanger PSV-74-139 Sys. I drywell spray line PSV>>74-140 Sys. I LPCI injection line PSV-74-144 B heat exchanger FSV-74-145 D heat exchanger FSV-74-146 Units 2 and 3 return cross connect line PSV"74-141 Sys. II LPCI injection line FSV"74-138 Reactor head spray line
b. Verify FCV-74-61 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
c. Remove power from FCV-74-61 by tripping breaker 11E on 480V Reactor MOV Bd. 3A.
I 4
d. Verify FCV-74-60 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
e. Verify FCV-74-53 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
f. Verify FCV-74-58 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
g. Verify PCV-74-78 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
Page 66 BF SI 4.9,.A.l.b 9/27/77 'i Procedure (Continued) 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 3 (Continued)
h. Vex'ify that FCV-74-46 is closed by observing the indicating lights on panel 9-3 close the valve if it is open.
Verify that FCV-78-61 is closed by observing the indicating lights on panel 9-4.
Verify switch 10A-S48A (panel 9-32) is in the NORMAL position.
k. Verify that relay 10A-K72A (panel 9-32) is deenergized.
1. Block contact 5-6 on relay NVA-A-1 (4-kV Sd. Bd. 3EA) open with an insulated boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
m. Verify x'clay 10A-K105A (panel 9-32) is deenergized.
n. Place a jumper between contact terminals 3 and 4 on relay 10A-K9A (panel 9-32) in accordance wi.th BFA25.
NOTE: When RHR 3A pump breaker closes, it cannot be tripped locally.
3.3 Shutdown Board 3EA Alignment
a. Transfer 480V Shutdown Bd. 3A feed from TS3A to TS3E.
b. Caution unit 3 operator not to use CRD pump 3B during this test.
c. Trip 43SEA (panel 9-23) to manual.
d. Connect oscillograph channels to monitor the following:
(1) 1334 trip circuit (2) 1838 close circuit (3) RHR pump 3A close circuit (4) CS pump 3A close circuit
~(5) RHRSW pump A3 close circui.t (6) 4-kV Shutdown Board 3EA bus voltage (7) D/G 3A current
Revision
0 Page 67 BF SX 4 9.A.l.b 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.4 Test Performance NOTE: Because the sequence of events in this test is critical, a communication lirik should be established between 4-kV Shutdown Board 3EA and panel 9-3, unit 3, prior to test initiation.'
NOTE: As soon as core spray pump 3A and RHR pump 3A start, open their test loop valves from panel 9<<3 - FCV-75-22 and FCV-74-57 and FCV-74-59 respectively. Continue until rated flows are established. (7000 to 10000 gpm for RHR and 3000 to 3125 gpm for core spray)
a. With the oscillograph running, trip breaker 1334. (Leave the oscillograph on for 45 seconds.)
b. Verify that the following breakers closed:
(1) 1838 (2) RHR pump 3A (3) CS pump 3A
(4) RHRSW pump A3
c. Verify that diesel generator 3A voltage and current are stable.
d. Record the following D/G 3A data from metering on panel 9-23:
(1) KW (2) KVAR (3) VOLTS (4) AMPS (5) FREQUENCY
e. Mark oscillogram as tx'ace no. 3-1 and attach to the data sheet.
3.5 Diesel Generator 3A Shutdown
a. Turn breaker 1334 synchronizing switch to ON position.
b, Place diesel generator 3A operational mode switch in PARALLEL ~ARITH SYSTEM and verify associated mode light is on.
+Revision
Page 68 BF SI 4.9-A.l.b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.5 Diesel Generator 3A Shutdown (Continued)
c. Adjust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with 4-kV unit bd. 3A.
d. Close breaker 1334.
e. Unload diesel generator.
f. Trip breaker 1838.
g. Pull diesel generator 3A control switch to STOP position.
h. Verify diesel generator speed drops to idle (450 rpm).
Place 1334 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
When diesel generator stops, verify diesel generator system 3A i" in standby readiness per OI 82.
3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And Return To Normal - Unit 3
a. Remove jumper between contact terminals 7 and 8 on relay 14A-KlOA (panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
b. Remove core spray system test fixture from jack 14A-J1A (panel 9-32).
c. Remove boot from contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K25A (panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
d.. Remove boot from contact 5-,6 on relay 14A-K25A,(panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
e. Return switch 14A-SllA (panel 9-32) to NORtfAL position.
Close FCV-75-22. Verify FCV-75-9 opens as flow decreases.
g. Trip CS pump 3A..
h. Restore power to FCV-75-25 and verify position indicating light is on.
i. Reset all core spray annunciation.
0 Page 69 BP SI 4.9.A.1 b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued)
-3.7 RHR .Shutdown And Return To Normal - Unit 3 n
a. Remove jumper between contact terminals 3 and 4 on relay 10A-K9A (panel 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BPA25.
b. Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay NVA-A-2 (4-kV Sd. Bd. 3EA) r in accordance with BPA25.
c. Verify relay 10A-K105A (panel 9-32) is energized.
d. Close FCV-74-59 and FCV-74-57. Verify that FCV-74-7 opens as flow decreases.
e. Trip RHR pump 3A.
f. Restore power to FCV-74-61 and verify position indicating light is on.
g. Return FCV-74-46 to the position required by the snift engineer.
Indicate the position on the data sheet.
h. Reset all RHR annunciation.
3.8 Shutdown Board 3EA Return To Normal
a. Reset 43SEA (panel 9-23) to auto.
b. Inform unit 3 operators that CRD pump 3B is now ready for operation.
c. Return 480V Shutdown Board 3A feed to TS3A.
d. Return CS pump 3C breaker to operate position.
e. Remove oscillograph inputs.
f. Return the un'it 3 EECN system to standby readiness per OI 67.
nn nn
I Page 70 BF SI 4.9.A l.b 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.9 Test Completion I
a. The unit 3 core spray system, the unit 3 RHR system, and Diesel Generator 3A are now normal and in standby readiness.
b. Verify by signature and date on data cover sheet that Diesel Generator 3A was tested in accordance with this instruction.
3.10 Acceptance Criteria
a. Diesel generator 3A reaches rated speed and voltage, and breaker 1838 closes within 11.5 seconds after 1334 trips.
b. RHR pump 3A starts within 1 second of 1838 closure.
c. CS pump 3A starts 7 + 1 second after 1838 closure.
d. RHRSW pump A3 starts 14 + 1 second after 1838 closure.
e. All three pumps successfully .accelerate on diesel generator power.
f. Diesel generator 3A is stable following the. test.
Revision
Page71 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76
~
SI 4.9.A.l.b DATA COVER SHEET Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test D/G 3A
.Performed By .Date Electrician Were criteria satisfied? Yes No If no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (explain in remarks)
No (explain in remarks)
Verified by Shift Engineer Reason for test:
Required by schedule Other (explain)
Results reviewed Date Electrical Engineer Result" Review and A royal Cognizant Engineer Date Rescheduled qA Staff Date Remarks
Page 72 BF SI 4.9 A.l b 4/6/76 SI 4.9.A.l.b DATA SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TES T D/G 3A NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
~Ste Initials/Data 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 3
a. CSSI vented b- PCV-75-25 closed
c. FCV-75-25 power removed
d. FCV-75-23 closed
e. 14A-S15A NORMAL
f. 14A-J1A fixture in
g. 14A-SllA TEST/14A-K29A out
h. 14A-K25A (1-2) booted 2nd person verification 14A-K25A (5-6) booted 2nd person verification 14A"KlOA (7-8) jumpered 2nd person verification
'. CS 3C removed 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 3
a. RHR vented
b. PCV-74-61 closed
c. FCV-74-61 power removed
d. PCV-74-60 closed
J Page 73 BF Sl 4.;".A.l.b 9/27/77 "
Data=Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste 3.2 RHR Alignment - .Unit 3 (Continued)
e. FCV-74-53 closed
f. ECV-74-58 closed
g. FCV"74>>78 closed
h. FCV-74-46 closed
i. FCV-78-61 closed 10A-S48A NORHAL
k. 10A-K72A deenergized
1. NVA-A-2 (5-6) booted 2nd person verification
m. 10A-K105A deenergized
n. 10A-K9A (3-4) jumpered 2nd person verification 3.3 Shutdown Bd. 3EA Alignment
a. 480V Sd. Bd. 3A transferred
b. CRD pump 3B caution
c. 43SEA tripped'.
Oscillograph connections (1) 1334 trip ckt.
(2) 1838 cl. ckt.
(3) RHR 3A cl. ckt.
(4) CS 3A cl.
ckt.'(5)
RHRSW A3 cl. ckt.
Revision
,I:
'/
J g~
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~ ~
~ II ~
~ ~
~ ~ ~
~ I II ~
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
Page 75 BF SI 4 9 A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued) ate Initials/Data 3.5 D/G 3A Shutdown (Continued)
d. 1334 closed
e. D/G 3A unloaded 1838 trip
g. Control sw. STOP
h. D/G idle
i. 1334 sync. sw. OFF j ~ D/G 3A standby readiness 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 3
a. 14A-K10A (7-8) jumper removed 2nd person verification
/
b. 14A-JlA fixture xemoved 2nd person verification
c. 14A-K25A (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification
d. 14A-K25A (5"6) boot removed 2nd person verification
e. 14A-SllA NORMAL
f. FCV-75-22 closed/FCV-75-9 open g.. CS 3A trip
h. FCV-75-25 power restored
i. Annunciation reset 3.7 RHR Unit 3 Shutdown and Return to Normal
a. 14A-K9A (3-4) jumper removed
b. NVA-A-2 (5-6) boot removed
0
.C
Page 76 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 6/22/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data
3. 7 RHR Unit 3 Shutdown and Return to Normal (Continued)
C~ lOA-K105A energized
d. FCV-74-59 and -57 close/-7 open
e. RHR 3A trip
f. FCV-74-61 power restored
g. FCV-74-46 as left position
h. Annunciation reset 3.8 Shutdown Board 3EA Return to Normal
a. 43SEA reset
b. CRD 3B returned
c. 480V Sd. Bd. 3A returned
d. CS 3C returned
e. Oscillograph inputs removed
f. EECW system in standby readiness
- 2 'j4'Revision
l 0
Page 77 EPSI 49A lb
</6/76 SI09Alb Diesel Generator Emergency Xoad. Acceptance Test D/G 3B
1. Prerequisites 1 1 The unit 3 reactor vessel pressure shall not 'be greater than atmospheric 1.2 The unit 3 core spray system shall be lined. up for standby readiness as specified. by Operating Instruction No. 75.
1.3 The unit 3 RHR system shall be lined, up for standby readiness as specified.
'by Operating Instruction No. 74.
1.4 KKSW pump C3 shall be operable.
1 5 Receive permission from the unit 1 assistant shift engineer to perform this test.
2. Precautions 2.1 This test will render loop I of the unit 3 core spray system inoperable.
Do not conduct any test on loop II simultaneously. The reauirements to test other systems or loops when one system is found to be inoperable will 'be waived. when the system is made inoperable f'r testing.
3 Procedure 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 3
a. Vent the CSSI discharge piping through valves 75-5QA ancL 75-585A until a steady stream of water is observed. to flow out of the vent line into the open funnel.
'b. Verify PCV-75-25 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnl- 9 J
Page 78 3PSI4o9A lb 4/6/76 Procedure (Continued.)
'I 3 1 Core Spray Alignment Unit I 3 (Continued' C
c Remove control power from PCV-75-25 by tripping breaker in compartment 143 on 48OV Reactor MOV M. 3A.
d. Verify ZCV-75-23 is closed by observing position indicating lights If on pnl- 9 l I e, Verify test switch 14A-S15A (pnl.. 9-32) is in the NORMAL position.
Plug core spray test fixture into jack 14A-J1A (pnl. 9-32).
CAUTION: Assure the test fixture switch is in the OFF position.
go Place switch 14A-Sly (pnl. 9-32) in the TEST position and verify relay 14A-K33A drops .out.
h. Elock contact 3.-2 on relay 14A-H26A (pnl. 9-32) open with an insulated boot per Standard. Practice 3FA25.
Block contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K26A (pnl. 9-32) open with an insulated
'boot per Standard. Practice 3PA25.
j ~ . Place a jumper between contact terminals 3 and.'4 on relay 14A-KlOA (pnl. 9-32) per Standard. Practice BFA25.
Place CS pump 3A breaker (4-KV'Sd 3EA, pnl. 6) in the test position.
3e2 RHR Alignment - Unit 3
a. Verify PCV-74-61 is closed by observing position indicating lights on pnl. 9-3.
Remove power from PCV-74-61 by tripping breaker 11E on 480V Reactor MGV M 3A.
Co Verify PCV-74-60 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnlo 9-3o
Page 79 BF Sl 4 9oA 1 'b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Contiznxed) 3.2 RHR Alignment Unit 3 (Continued.)
d. Verify FCV-74-53 is closed. 'by observing position indicating lights on pnl. 9 e Verify FCV-74-58 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnlo 9-3o Verify FCV-74-78 is closed,'by observing position indicating lights on pnl ~ 9-3
g. Verify that FCV-74-46 is closed by observing the indicating lights on pn1..9-3. Close the valve if it is open.
h, Verify that FCV-78-61 is closed.'by observing the incU.ca ing lights on pnl. 9-4.
Verify switch 1QA-S48A (pnl. 9-32) is in the NQRMAL position.
Verify that relay 1QA-K76A (pnl. 9-32) is deenergized.
k. Block contact 5-6 on relay NVA-B-2 (4-KV Sd. M 3EB) open with an insulated.'boot in accordance with Standard. Practice BFA25 ~
1. Verify relay 1QA-K105C (pnl. 9-32) is deenergized..
m. Place a jumper between contact terminals 9 and. 10 on relay 1QA-EpA (pn1. 9-32) in accordance with BFA25.
NQ2E: When RHR 3C pump 'breaker closes, it cannot be tripped. locally.
3.3 Shutdown Board 3EB Alignment
a. Verify that neither 480V Shutdown M. 3A or 3B is feeding from TS3E.
~p SEB (pnl 9-23) to manual.
c Connect oscillograph channels to monitor the following:
(1) 1336 trip circuit (2) 1842 close circuit (3) RHR pump 3C close circuit
Page 80 1P SI 4oQ A+lob 9/27/77 3i Procedure (Continued.)
3.3 Shutdown Board. 3EB,Alignment (Continued.)
(4) CS pump 3C close circuit
(5) RHBSW pump C3 close circuit (6) 4-KV Shutdown Board 3EB bus voltage (7) D/G 3B current 3.4 Test, Performance NOTE: Because the sequence of events in this test is critical, a comnrunication link should. be established, between WKV Shutdown 33oard. 3EB and. panel 9-3, urdt 3, prior to test initiation.
NOTE: As soon as core spray pump 3C and. RHR pump 3C start, open their test loop valves from pnl. 9-3 FCV-75-22, and. FCV-74-57 and.
FCV-74-59~ respectively. Continue until rated. flows are established, ~ (7000 to 10000 gpm for HER and 3000 to 3125 gpm for core spray.)
a With the oscillograph running, trip breaker 3.336 (Leave'the oscillograph on for 45 seconds.)
b. Verify that the following breakers closed.:
(1) 1842 (2) RHR pump 3C (3) CS pump 3C (4) RHRSW pump C3
c. Verify that diesel generator 33 voltage and. current are stable.
,d.. Record. the following D/G 3B data from metering on pnl. 9-23:
(1) ZV (2) @VAR (3) Volts (0) Amps (5) Frequency
e. Mark oscillogram as trace no. 3-2 and. attach to the data sheet.
RevisionA4
f
(
Page 81 HFSI49Alb 4/6/76
.Procedure (Continued.)
'3.5 diesel Generator 33 Shutdown
-a Turn 'breaker 1336 synchronizing switch to ON position.
bi Place diese1 generator B operational mode switch in PXMJZL WITE SYSTEM and verify associated mode light is on.
c. Adjust frequency and. voltage until the diesel generator is in synchronism with WKV unit board. 3A.
d. Close 'breaker 1336.
e. Unload. diesel generator.
Trip breaker 1Q2.
ig Pull cLLesel generator 33 control switch to STOP position.
X~ Verify diesel generator speed. drops to idle (450 rpm).
I Place 1336 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
When diesel generator stops verify d.iesel generator system 3B is in standby readiness per OI 82.
~
3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And. Return To Normal Unit 3
a. Remove jumper 'between contact termina1s 3 and. 0 on relay 14A-ICLQA (pnl ~ 9-32) in accordance with Standard. Practice 3FR25.
I
b. Remove core spray system test fixture from jack 3.4A-J1A (pnl. 9-,32).
c. Remove boot from contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K26A (pnl. 9-32) in accordance with BFA25 ~
.d. ~ Remove 'boot from contact 5-6 on relay 14A-E26A (pnl. 9-32) in accordance with BFA25.
r e Return switch 14A-S13A (pnl. 9-32) to the NORMAL position.
Close FCV-75-22. Verify FCV-75-9 opens as flow decreases.
g. Trip CS pump 3C.
h Restore power to FCV-75-25 and. verify position indicating light'is on.
Reset all core spray annunciation.
Page 82 BFSI49Alb 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued.)
3 7 RHR Shutdown And. Return To Normal - Unit 3
a. Remove jumper 'between contact terndnals 9 and. 10 on relay 10A.-K9A (priL. 9-32) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay 5VA-B-2 in accordance with BFR25 Ce Verify relay 10A-K105C (pnl 9-32) is energized,.
de Close FCV-74-59 and. FCV-74-57. Verify that FCV-74-7 opens as flow decreases.
e Trip RHR pump 3C Restore power to FCV-74-61 and verify position indicating lights is on.
g Return FCV-74-46 to the position required. by the shift engineer.
Indicate the position on the data sheet.
h. Reset aU. RHR annunciation.
3.8 Shutdown Board .~ Return To Normal
a. Reset 43SE3 (pnl. 9-23) to auto b Return CS pump 3A 'breaker to operate position.
c. Remove oscillograph inputs.
d. ~ Return the unit 3 ZEST system to standby readiness per OI 67.
3.9 Test Completion
a. The unit 3 core spray system, the unit 3 RHR system~ and. I2iesel
\
Generator 3B are now normal and. in standby readiness.
b. Verify by signature and. date on Xhta Cover Sheet that Diesel Generator f,
3B was tested. in accordance with this instruction..
3.10Acceptance Criteria
a. Ziesel generator 3B reaches rated. speed. and. voltage, and. breaker 1842 ~
oses within 11.5 seconds after 1336 trips.
.b RHR pump 3C starts within 1 second. of 1Q2 closure.
CS pump 3C starts 7 + 1 second. after 1842 closure.
I
0 Page 83 ZPSX49Alb 9/27/77 3, Procedure (Continued.)
3 1QAcceptance Criteria (Continued.)
I RHRSV pump C~ starts 3.4 + 1 second after 1Q2 closure.
f e, All three pumps successfully accelerate on diesel generator power.
Diesel generator 3B is stable following the test.
Revision
l P l I
Page 84
~
SP SX 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 SX..4.9.A.l.b DATA COVER SHEET Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test D/G 3B
.Performed By .Date Electrician
@ere criteria satisfied? Yes If no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (explain in remarks)
Ho (explain 'n remarks)
Verified by Shift Engineer Date Reason for test:
Required by schedule Other (explain)
Results review'ed Date Electrical Engineer Results Review and A royal Cogniiant Engineer Date Rescheduled QA Staff Date Remarks
Page 85 BF SI 4 .". A 1 b 4/6/76 SI 4.9.A.l.b DATA SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST D/G 3B NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
'I
~Ste Initials/Data 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 3 .
a- CSSI vented
b. FCV-75-25 closed
c. FCV-75-25 power removed
d. FCV-75-23 closed
e. 14A-S15A NORMAL 14A-JlA Qxture in
g. 14A-S13A TEST/14A"K31A out
h. 14A-K26A (1-2) booted
- 2nd person verification'.
14A-K26A (5-6) booted 2nd person verification 14A-K10A (3-4) jumpered 2nd person verification '
k. CS 3A removed, 3- 2 RHR Alignment -';,Unit 3
a. FCV-74-61 closed
b. 'CV-74-61 power'- removed
c. FCV-74-60 closed FCV-74-53 closed
'4
/
Page 86 BF ST. 4.9.A.l.b
. 9/27/77 Data Sheet Sl 4'9-A.l-b (Continued) ate 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unf.t 3 (Continued,)
e. FCV-74-58 closed FCV-74-78 closed
g. FCV-74-46 closed h., FCV-78-61 closed
i. 10A-S48A NORMAL 10A-K76A deenergized
k. NVA-B-1 (5-6) booted 2nd person verification
l. 10A-K105C deenergized
m. 10A-K9A (9-10) jumpered 3.3 Shutdown Bd. 3EB Alignment
a. 480V Sd. Bds. 3A and 3B feeds verified
b. 43SEB tripped
c. Oscillograph connections (1) 1336 trip ckt.
(2) 1842 cl. ckt.
(3) RHR 3C cl. ckt.
(4) CS 3C cl. ckt.
(5) RHRSR C3 cl. ckt.
(6) 4-kV Sd. Bd. 3EB volt (7) D/G 3B current
Revision
Page 87 BF SI 4.9.A.l b 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste XmrrMLS/atm 3.4 Test Performance
a. 1336 trip
b. Breaker closure (1) 1842 (2) RHR 3C (3) CS 3C
+(4) RHRSW C3
c. Diesel gen. 3B stable
d. D/G 3B data (1) KW (2) KVAR (3) " Volts (4) Amps (5) Frequency
e. Trace no. 3-2 attached 3.5 D/G A Shutdown
a. 1336 sync. sw. ON
'. Mode sw. PARALLEL WlTH SYSTEM
c. D/G 3B in sync.
d. 1336 closed
e. D/G 3B unloaded
~
f; 1842 trip
g. Control sw. STOP
h. D/G idle
Revision
i
Page 88 BF SX 4 9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SX 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste Xnitials/Data 3.5 'D/G 3B Shutdown (Continued) 1336 sync. sw. OFF
j. D/G 3B standby readiness 3.6 .Core Spray Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 3
a. 14A-KlOA (3-4) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. 14A-J1A fixture removed 2nd person verification Ce 14A-K26A (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification
d. 14A-K26A (5-6) boot removed 2nd person verification
e. 14A-S13A NORMAL 2nd person verification
f. FCV-75-22 closed/FCV-75-9 open
g. CS 3C trip
h. - FCV-75-25 power restored Annunciation reset 3.7 RHR Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 3
a. ,14A-K9A (9-10) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. NVA-B-2 (5-6) boot removed 2nd person verification
,i l
0
Page 89 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued) ate Initials/Data 3.7 RHR Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 3 (Continued)
c. 10A-K105C energized
d. FCV-75-59 and -57 close/-7 open
e. RHR 3C trip FCV-74-61 power restored
g. FCV-74-46 as left position =
h. Annunciation reset 3.8 Shutdown Board 3EB Return to Normal
a. 43SEB reset
b. CS3A returned
c. Oscillograph inputs removed
d. EECW in standby readiness
Page 90 ZF SI 4.9.A 1 'b 9/27/77 SI 4 9.A.1 b Diesel Generator Emergency LoacL Acceptance Test D/G 3C
1. PrerecLuisites 1.1 The unit 3 reactor vessel pressure s not be greater than atmospheric.
1.2 The unit 3 core spray system shall be lined. up for standby readiness as specifiecL by Operating Instruction Mo. 75.
1 3 The unit 3 RHR system shall 'be lined. up for standby readiness as specified by Operating Instruction No. 74.
"1.4 KKSH'ump Bl shall 'be operable.
1-5 Receive permission from the unit 3 assistant shift engineer to perform this test,
2. Precautions 2.1 This test will render loop II of the unit 3 core spray system inoperable.
Do not conduct any test on loop I simultaneously. The requirements to test other systems or loops when one system is found to be inoperable will 'be waived. when the system is made inoperable for testing.
2.2 This test will zencLer loop II of the unit 3 RHR system inoperable. Do not conduct any test on loop I simultaneously.
3. Pro ced.ure 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 3
a. Vent the CSSII discharge piping through valves 75-5QB and. 75-585B uzrbil a steady stream of water is observed. to flow out of the vent line into the open funnel.
Revision
Page 91
,EF SI 0 9.A l.b a/6/76 3 Procedure, (Continued.)
,3 1 Core Spray Alignment Unit 3 (Continued)
'b. Verify FCV-75-53 is closed by o'bserving position indicating lights on yQ. ~ 9-3i
c. Remove control power from FCV-75-53 'by tripping 'breaker in compartment 15E on 480V Reactor MOV M. 3B.
d. Verify FCV-75-51 is closed. 'by observing position indicating lights on pnlo 9-3.
e.. Verify test switch 14A-S15B (pnl. 9-33) is in the NORMAL position.
f Plug core spray system test fixture into jack 14A-JlB (pnl. 9-33).
g. Place switch 3.4A-SllB (pzQ.. 9-33) in the TEST position and. verify re1ay 14A-K29B (pnl. 9-33) drops out.
h. Block. contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K25B (pnl. 9-33) open with an insulated boot per Standard, Practice BFA25.
Block contact 5-6 on, relay 14A-K25B (pnl. 9-33) open with an insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
j ~ Place a jumper between contact terminals 7 and. 8 on relay 14A-K1QB (pnl. 9-33) per Standard Practice BFA25.
k. Remove CS pump 3D 'breaker (4KV Sd B 3ED, pnl. 11) from the operate position.
3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 3
a. Verify FCV-74-75 is closed. by o'bserving position indicating lights on pnl. 9 'b. Remove power from FCV-74-75 'by tripping breaker lOE on 480V Reactor MOV Bd. 3B.
c. Verify FCV-7W74 is closed.'by o'bserving position indicating lights on pnl. 9-3.
0, Page 92 BF Sl 4.9.A l.b 9/27/77 4
Procedure (Continued.)
3.2 "
RHR Alignment Unit 1 (Continued.)
dO Verify FCV-74-67 is closed. by o'bserving position indicating lights on 9 e. Verify FCV-74-72 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pnl ~ 9-3o Verify FCV-74-78 is closed. by observing position indicating lights on pzLLe 9-3o Verify that FCV-74-46 is closed. by observing the indicating lights on priL. 9-3. Close the valve if open.
Verify switch 1QA-S48B (pnl. 9-33) is in the NQHNAL position.
Verify that relay 1QA-+2B (pnl. 9-33) is in the NORMAL position.
Block contact 5-6 on relay NVA-C-2 (4KV Sd. M 3EC) open with an insulated.
boot in accordance with Standard. Practice BFA25.
Verify that relay 1QA-KL05B (pnl. 9-33) is deenergized.
Place a jumper between contact terminals 3 ancL 4 on relay 1QA-EpB (pnl. 9-33) in accordance with BFA25.
NOTE: When RHR 3B pump breaker closes, it cannot 'be tripped locally.
3. 3 Shutd,own Board. 3EC Alignment Transfer 48OV Shutdown M. 3B feed, from TS3B to TS3E.
Trip 43SEC (pnl. 3-9-23) to manual.
Ce Connect oscillograph channels to monitor the following:
(1) 1338 trip circuit (2) 1832 close circuit (3) RHR pump 3B close cixcuit (0) CS pump 3B close circuit
(53 >M~ Xump >1 close circuit
~Revision (6) WKV Shutdown Board. 3EC bus'oltage
'(7) .>/0 3EC current
Page 93 BF SI Wo9rA 1 b 9/27/77
Procedure (Continued.)
,3A Test Performance NOTEl: Because the sequence of events in this test is critical, a communication link should. be esta'blished. 'between 4-KV Shutdown Board. 3EC and. panel 9-3, unit 3, prior to test initiation.
NOTF.: As soon as core spray pump 3B and. RHR pump 3B start, open their test loop valves from pnl. 9-3 FCV-75-50, and. FCV-7%71 and.
FCV-74-73, respectively. Continue until rated. flows are established. ~ (7000 to 10000 gpm for RHR and 3000 to 3125 gpm for core spray.)
a. With the oscillograph running, trip breaker 1338. (Leave the oscillograph on for 45 seconds.)
Verify that the following breakers closed.:
(1) 1832 (2) RIIR pump 3B (3) CS pump 3B
(0) RHRSW pump Bl
c. Verify that diesel generator 3C voltage and, current are stable.
d.. Record. the following D/G C data from metering on pnl. 9-23:
(1) ZV (2) KVAR (3) Volts (4) Amps (5) Frequency
e. Mark osciU.ogram as trace no. 3-3 and, attach to the data sheet.
3.5 Diesel Generator 3C Shutdown
'a. Turn 'breaker 1338 synchronizing switch to ON position.
b Place diesel generator 3C operational mode switch in PARALLI'.L WXTH SYSTEM and verify associated mode light is on.
c. A(gust frequency and. voltage until the cLLesel generator is, in synchronism with 4IOt'nit board. 3B.
Revision
O.
Page 94 BF SX 4.9.A 1.'b O/6/76 3~ Procedure (Continued.)
3 5 Diesel Generator 3C Shutdown (Continued.)
de Close 'breaker 1338.
e. Unload. diesel generator.
Trip 'breaker 1832.
g Pull diesel generator 3C control, switch to STOP position.
h. Verify diesel generator speed. drops to idle (450 rpm).
Place 1718 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
j ~ When diesel generator stops verify diesel generator system C is in standby readiness per Ol 82.
3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And. Return To Normal Unit 3
a. Remove jumper 'between contact terminals 7 and. 8 on relay 14A-K10B (pnl. 9-33) in accordance with BFA25.
b~ Remove core spray system test f~ure from jack 14A-Z333 (pnl. 9-33).
c. Remove 'boot from contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K25B (pnl. 9-33)
C in accordance with BFA25.
Remove 'boot from contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K25B (pnl. 9-33) in accordance with BFA25.
e. Return switch 14A-SllB (pnl. 9-33) to NORMAL position.
Close FCV-75-50. Verify FCV-75-37 opens as flow decreases.
g Trip CS. pump 3B.
h. Restore power to FCV-75-53 and. verify position indicating light is on.
Reset aU. core spray annunciation.
3.7 RHR Shutdown And. Return To Normal Unit 3 a Remove jumper between contact temninals 3 and, 4 on relay 1QA-K9B
(pnl. 9-33) in accordance with Standard. Practice BFA25 ~
a
0
> s.
Bxge 95 BF Sl 4e9oAe 1 ob 4/6/76 3 'Procedure (Continued.)
3 7 RHR Shutdown And. Return To Morma3. Unit 3 (Continued)
'b Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay NVA-C-2 (4EV Sd. Bd 3EC) in accordance with BPA25.
c. Verify relay lOA-Kl05B (pnl. 9-33) is energized..
d. Close PCV-74-71 and. PCV-7&73. Verify that PCV-7%30 opens as flow decreases.
e. Trip RHR pump 3B.
/
f.. Restore power to PCV-74-75 and. verify position indicating light in on.
g Return PCV-74-46 to the position required by the shift engineer XncU.cat the position on the data sheet.
h. Reset all RHR annunciation.
3.8 Shutdown Board. 3EC Return To Normal ai Reset 43SEC (pn1. 9-23) to auto.
b. Return 480V Shutdown Bd 3B feed. to TS3B.
c. Return CS pump 3D breaker to operate position.
d.. Remove oscillograph inputs.
e. Return the unit 3 EEVER to standby readiness per OX 67.
3.9 Test Completion a The unit 3 core spray system, the unit 3 RHR system, and. Diesel Generator 3C are now normal and. in standby readiness.
'b. Verify 'by signature and. date on Data Cover Sheet that Diesel Generator 3C was tested. in accordance with this instruction.
3.10 Accephuce Criteria
a. Diesel gene'rator 3C reaches rated speed, and. voltage, and. breaker 1832 closes within 11.5 seconds after 1338 trips.
'b. RHR pump 3B starts within 1 second. of 1832 closure.
0 ~
Psge 96 ZF SI 4 9.A.l.b 9/27/77 3 Procedure (Continued.)
3 10 Acceptance Criteria (Continued.)
4 I
c. CS pump 3B staxts 7 +" 1 second. after 1832 closure.
d. RHRSV pump Bl starts 14 + 1 second. after 1832 closure.
e. All three pumps successful.y accelerate on diesel generator power f Diesel generator 3C is stable following the test.
Revision
C 1
I
. Page 97
.SF SI <<.9.A.l.b
<</6/76.,
. SI 4.9.A.l.b =-
DATA COVER SHEET Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test
, D/G 3C
,performed By .Date Electrician Mere criteria satisfied? Yes Ro If no, notify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation, violated. Yes (explain in remarks)
Mo (explain in remarks)
Verified by Shift Engineer Date Reason for test:
s Required by schedule Other (explain)
~ Results review'ed Date Electrical Engineer Results Reviev and A royal Cognizant Engineer Date Rescheduled e ~
QA Staff Date Remarks
~ .
'I
Page 98 BF SI 4,o.A.l.b 6(22/76 .
SI 4.9.A.l.b DATA SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR EMERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST D/G 3C NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
~Ste Initials/Data 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 3
a. CSSII vented
b. FCV-75-53 closed
c. FCV-75-53 power removed
d. FCV-75-51 closed
e. 14A-S15B NORMAL 14A-JlB fixture in g.. 14A-S11B TEST/14A-K29B out
h. 14A-K25B (1-2) booted 2nd person verification L'l L l
i. 14A-K25B (5-6) booted 2nd person verification 14A-KIOB (7-8) jumpered 2nd person verification
k. CS 3D removed lg
'.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 3
a. FCV-74-75 closed
b, FCV-74-75 power removed Co FCV>>,74-74 closed
d. FCV-74-67 closed
RevMion
I 0
Page 99 BF SX 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued) ate 3.2 RHR Alignment - Unit 3 (Continued)
e. FCV-74-72 closed FCV-74-78 closed
g. FCV-74-46 closed h 10A-S48B NORMAL
i. 10A-K72B deenergized NVA-C-1 (5-6) booted
k. 10A-K105B deenergized
1. 10A-K9B (3-4) jumpered 2nd person verification 3.3 Shutdown Bd. 3EC Alignment
a. 480V Sd. Bd. 3B transferred
b. 43SEC tripped
c. Oscillograph connections (1) 1338 trip ckt.
(2) 1832 cl. ckt.
(3) RHR 3B cl. ckt.
(4) CS 3B cl. ckt.
(5) RHRSW Bl cl. ckt.
(6) ,4-kV Sd. Bd. 3EC volt.
(7) D/G 3C current
+gevision
0,
'Page 100 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued) ate 3,4 Test Performance
a. 1338 trip
b. Breaker closure (1) 1832 (2) RHR 3B (3) CS 3B
~(4) RHRSW Bl
c. Diesel gen. 3C stable
-d. D/G 3C data (1) KW (2) KVAR (3) Volts (4) Amps (5) Frequency
e. Trace no. 3-3 attached 3 5 D/G 3C Shutdown
a. 1338 I sync. sw. ON
b. Mode sw. PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM
c. D/G 3C in sync.
d. 1338 closed
e. D/G C unloaded 4
f. 1832 trip
g. Control sw. STOP
h. D/G idle
Revision
'V V
Page 101 BF SI 4.9 A.l b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
Initials/Data 3;5 D/G 3C Shutdown (Continued) 1338 sync. sw. OFF D/G 3C standby readiness .
3.6 Core Spray Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 3
a. 14A-K10B (7-8) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. 14A-JlB fixture removed 2nd person verification
c. 14A-K25B (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification
d. 14A-K25B (5-6) boot removed 2nd person verification
e. 14A-S11B NORMAL 2nd person verification
f. FCV-75-50 closed/FCV-75-9 open
g. CS 3B trip
h. FCV-75-53 power restored Annunciation reset 3.7 RHR Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 3
a. 14A-K9B (3-4) jumper removed 2nd person verification.
b. NVA-C-l (5-6) boot removed 2nd person verification
c. 10A-K105B energized
Page 102 BFSI49Alb 4/6/76 Data Sheet SX 4.9.A'.l.b (Continued)
~Ste Tnitials/Data 3 7 ,'RHR Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 3 (Continued)
d. FCV-74-71 and -73 close/-30 open
e. RHR 3B trip
'f. FCV-74-75 power restored
g. FCV-74-46 as left position
h. Annunciation reset 3.8 Shutdown Board 3EC Return to Normal 43SEC reset
b,. 480V Sd. Bd. 3B returned CS 3B returned
/
Oscillograph inputs removed
a. EEVER in standby readiness
0 Page 103 BF SI 4-9.A.l.b 9/27/77 SI 4-9.A.l.b Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test D/G 3D 1 1 The unit 3 reactor vessel pressure shall not be greater than atmospheric.
1.2 The unit 3 core spray system shall be lined up for standby readiness as specified by Operating Instruction No. 75.
1.3 The unit 3 RHR system shall be lined up for standby readiness as specified by Operating Instruction No. 74.
+ 1.4 RHRSV pump Dl. shall be operable.
Standby gas treatment trains A and B must be operable.
1.6 Receive permission from the unit 3 assistant shift engineer to perform this test.
2. Precautions, 2.1 This test will render loop II of the unit 3 core spray system inoperable.
Do not conduct any test on loop I simultaneously. The requirements to test other systems or loops when one system is found to be inoperable
. will be waived when the system is made inoperable for testing.
2.2 This test will render loop II of the unit 3 RHR system inoperable. Do not conduct any test on loop I simultaneously.
2.3 Do not conduct any test on standby gas treatment trains A and B during this test.
+Revision
0 Page 104, BF SI 4 9.A.l.b
3. Procedure 3.1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 3
a. Vent the CSSII discharge piping through valves 75-584B and 75-585B until a steady stream of water is observed to flow out of the vent line into the open funnel.
b. Verify FCV-75-53 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3. I t
co Remove control power from FCV-75-53 by tripping breaker in compartment 15E on 480V Reactor MOV Bd. 3B.
d. Verify FCV-75-51 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
e. Verify test switch 14A-S15B (panel 9-33) is in the NORMAL position.
f. Plug core spray test fixture into jack 14A-J1B (panel 9-33).
CAUTION: Assure the test fixture switch is in the OFF position.
go Place switch 14A-S13B (panel 9-33) i'n the TEST position and verify relay 14A-K31B (panel 9-33) drops out.
h. Block contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K26B (panel 9-33) open with an insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
Block contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K26B (panel 9-33) open with an h
insulated boot per Standard Practice BFA25.
Place a jumper between contact terminals 3 and 4 on relay 14A-K10B (panel 9-33) per Standard Practice BFA25.
J
k. Remove CS pump 3B breaker (4-kV Sd. Bd. 3EC, panel 13).
3. 2 RHR Alignment -"Unit 3.;
a Verify FCV-74-75 im closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3
Revision
0 t+
Page 105 BP SI 4.9.A.1..b 4/6/76
3 Procedure (Continued) 9 '2 RHR Alignment - Unit 3 (Continued)
b. Remove power from FCV-74-75 by tripping breaker 10E on 480V Reactor MOV Bd. 3B.
c. Verify FCV-74-74 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
d. Verify PGV-74-67 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
e+ Verify PCV-74-72 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
f. Verify FCV-74-78 is closed by observing position indicating lights on panel 9-3.
C
g. Verify that PCV-74-46 is closed by observing the indicating lights on panel 9-3. Close, the valve if it is open.
h. Verify switch 10A-S48B (panel 9-33) is in the NORMAL position.
Verify that xelay 10A-K76B (panel 9-33) is deenergized.
Block contact 5-6 on relay NVA-D-2 (4-kV Sd Bd 3ED) open with an h
insulated boot in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
k. Verify that relay 10A-K105D (panel 9-33) is deenexgized.
k
1. Place a jumper between contact terminals 7 and 8 on relay 10A-K9B (panel 9-33) in accordance with BPA25.
NOTE: Mhen RHR 3D pump breakex closes, it cannot be tripped locally.
: 3.3 'Shutdown Board 3ED Alignment
a. Trip 43SED (panel 3-9-23) to manual.
~tt45
Page 106 BF SI 4-9.A.l.b 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Shutdown Board 3ED Alignment (Continued)
b. Connect oscillograph channels to monitor the following:
(1) 1342 trip circuit (2) 1836 close circuit (3) RHR pump 3D close circuit (4) CS pump 3D close circuit I
(5) RHRSW pump Dl close circuit (6) 4-kV Shutdown Board 3ED bus voltage (7) D/G 3D current 3.4 Test Performance NOTE: Because the sequence of events in this test, is critical,-a communication link should be established between 4-kV Shutdown Board 3ED and panel 9-3, unit. 3, prior to test initiation.
NOTE: As soon as core spray pump 3D and RHR pump 3D start, open their test loop valves from panel 9 FCV-75-50, and FCV-74-71 and FCV-74-73, respectively. Continue until rated flows are established. (7000 to 10000 gpm for RHR and 3000 to 3125 gpm for core spray.)
a. Nth the oscillograph running, trip breaker 1342. '(Leave the oscillograph on for 45 seconds.)
b.. Verify that the following breakers closed:
WAAR (1) 1836 (2) RHR pump 3D (3) CS pump 3D
(4) RHRSW pump Dl
c. Verify that diesel generator 3D voltage and current are stable.
d. Record the following D/G 3D data from metering on panel 3-9-23:
(1) KW (2)
Revision
Page 107 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.4 Test Performance (Continued) d (Continued)
(3) Volts (4) Amps (5) Frequency
e. Mark oscillograph trace no. 3-4 and attach to the data sheet.
3.5 Diesel Generatox 3D Shutdown a.'urn breaker 1342 synchronizing switch'to ON position.
b. Place diesel generator 3D operational mode switch in PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM and verify associated mode light is on.
c. Adjust frequency and voltage until the diesel generator is in
/
synchronism with 4-kV unit bd. 3B.
d. Close breaker 1342.
e. Unload diesel generatox.
f. Trip breaker 1836.
g. Pull diesel generator 3D control switch to STOP position.
h. Verify diesel generator speed drops to idle (450 rpm).
Place 1836 synchronizing switch in OFF position.
@hen diesel generator stops, verify diesel generator system 3D is in standby readiness per OI 82.
3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And Return to Normal - Unit 3,
a. Remove jumper between contact terminals 3 and 4 on relay 14A-K10B (panel 9-33) in accox'dance with BFA25.
b Remove core spray test fixture from jack 14A-J1B (panel 9-33).
Page 108 BF SI 4.9.A l.b 4/6/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And Return to Normal - Unit 3 (Continued) 1
c. Remove boot from contact 1-2 on relay 14A-K26B (panel 9-33) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
d. Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay 14A-K26B (panel 9-33) in accordance with BFA25.
e. Return switch 14A-S13B (panel 9-33) to NORMAL position.
Close FCV-75-50. Verify FCV-75-37 opens as flow decreases.
g. Trip CS pump 3D.
h. Rest'ore power to FCV-75-53 and verify position indicating light is one
i. Reset all core spray annunciation.
3.7 RHR Shutdown And Return to Normal - Unit 3
a. Remove jumper between contact terminals 7 and 8 on relay 10A-K9B (panel 9-33) in accordance with Standard Practice BFA25.
b. Remove boot from contact 5-6 on relay NVA-D-2 (4-kV Sd. Bd. 3ED)
(panel 25-45D) in accordance with BFA25.
c. Verify relay 10A-K105D (panel 9-33) is energized.
d. Close FCV-74-71 and FCV-74-73. Verify that FCV-74-30 opens as flow decreases.
e. Trip RHR pump 3D.
f. Restore power to FCV-74-75 and verify position indicating light is on.
g. Return FCV-74-46'to the position required by the shift engineer.
Indicate the position on the data sheet.
h. Reset all RHR annunciation.
Page 109 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77
3. Procedure (Continued)
'3 '8 Shutdown Board 3ED Return to Normal
a. Reset 43SED (panel 9-23) to auto.
b. Return CS pump 3B breaker to operate position.
c. Remove oscillograph inputs.
d. Return the unit 3 EECW system to standby readiness per OI 67.
3.'9 Test Completion
a. The unit 3 core spray system, the unit 3 RHR system, and Diesel Generator 3D are now normal and in standby readiness.
b. Verify by signature and date on data cover sheet that Diesel Generator 3D was tested in accordance with this instruction.
'3.10 Acceptance Criteria
a. Diesel generator 3D reaches rated speed and voltage, and breaker 1816 closes within 11.5 seconds after 1342 trips.
b. RHR pump 3D starts within 1 second of 1836 closure.
c. CS pump 3D starts 7 + 1 second after 1836 closure.
d. RHRSW pump Dj. starts 14 + 1 second after 1836 closure.
e. All three pumps successfully accelerate on diesel generator power.
f. Diesel generator 3D is stable following the test.
'*Revision
~,
pa e 110 M'Z 4,9.A.l.b 4/6/76 s' SI 4.9eA.l.b DATA COVER SHEE T Diesel Generator Emergency Load Acceptance Test D/G 3D
.performed By .Date Electrician Mere criteria satisfied? Yes Xf no, no tify shift engineer.
If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated? Yes (explain in remarks)
Ão (explain in remarks)
Verified by Shift Engineer Date Reason for test:
Required by schedule Other (explain)
Results review'ed Date Electrical Engineer Cognizmt Engineer Date Rescheduled P s
qA'taff Date Remarks
~,
Page 111 BF SI 4.9.A.l b
'6g'22/76 SI 4.9.A.l.b DATA SHEET DIESEL GENERATOR EHERGENCY LOAD ACCEPTANCE TEST D/G 3D NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction.
~Ste Initials/Data 3 1 Core Spray Alignment - Unit 3
a. CSSII vented
b. FCV-75-53 closed r
c. FCV-75-53 power removed
d. FCV-75-51 closed
e. 14A-S15B NORMAL 14A-J1B fixture in
+g, 14A-S13B TEST/14A-K31B out
h. 16A-K26B (1-2) booted 2nd person verification 14A-K26B (5-6) booted
'nd'erson-verification 14A-K10B (3-4) jumpered 2nd person verification be ~ I
k. CS 3B removed
"'3-2" "RHR Alignment - Unit 3
"'- a FCV-74-75 closed b, FCV-74-75 power removed
c. FCV-74-74 closed
d. FCV-74-67 closed
RevMion
Page 112 BF Sl 4.9.A.l.b 9/27/77 Data Sheet S I4.9.A.l.b (Continued)
~Ste 3.2 RHR Alignment Unit 3 (Continued)
e. FCV-74-72 closed
f. FCV-74-78 closed
g. FCV-74-46 closed
h. 10A-S48B NORMAL
i. 10A-K76B deenergized NVA-D-2 (5-6) booted 2nd person verification
k. 10A-K105D deenergized
'. 10A-K9B (7-8) jumpered 2nd person verification 3.3 Shutdown Bd. 3ED Alignment
a. 43SED tripped
b. Oscillograph connections (1) 1342 trip ckt.
(2) 1836 cl. ckt.
(3) RHR 3D cl. ckt.
~
(4) CS 3D cl. ckt.
g5) RHRSW Dl cl. ckt.
(6) 4-kV Sd. Bd. 3ED volt.
(7) D/G 3D current 3.4 Test Performance
a. 1342 trip
b. Breaker closure
Revision
0 Page 113 BP SI 4-9 A.l b 9/27/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Conti.nued) ate IHXTIALS/XlkTE 3.4 Test Performance (Continued)
b. (Continued)
(2) RHR 3D (3) CS 3D
(4) RHRSW Dl c.. Diesel gen. 3D stable
d. D/G 3D data (1) KW (2) KVAR (3) Volts (4) Amps (5) Frequency
e. Trace no. 3-4 attached 3.5 D/G 3D Shutdown
a. 1342 sync. sw. ON
b. Mode sw. PARALLEL WITH SYSTEM
c. D/G 3D in sync.
d. 1342 closed
e. D/G 3D unloaded 1836 trip
g. Control sw. STOP
h. D/G idle
Revision
Page 115 BF SI 4-9.A l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.b (Continued) ate Initials/Data 3.'7 RHR Shutdown and Return to Normal- Unit 3 ,(Continued)
c. 10A>>K105D energized
d. FCV-74-71 and -73 close/-30 open
e. RHR 3D trip
f. FCV-74-75 power restored
g. FCV-74-46 as left position
h. Annunciation reset 3.8 Shutdown Board 3ED Return to Normal
a. 43SED reset
b. CS 3B returned
c. Oscillograph inputs removed
d. EECW in standby. readiness
page 114 BF SI 4.9.A.l.b 4/6/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.1 b (Continued)
~Ste Initials/Data 3.5 D/G 3D Shutdown (Continued)
i. 1342 sync. sw. OFF D/G 3D standby readiness 3.6 Core Spray Shutdown And Return to Normal - Unit 3
a. 14A-K10B (3-4) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. 14A-JlB fixture removed 2nd person verification
c. 14A-K26B (1-2) boot removed 2nd person verification
d. 14A-K26B (5-6) boot removed 2nd person verification
e. 14A-S13B NORMAL 2nd person verification FCV-75-50 closed/FCV-75-37 open
g. CS 3D trip
h. FCV-75-53 power restored
i. Annunciation reset 3.7 RHR Shutdown and Return to Normal - Unit 3
a. 10A-K9B (7-8) jumper removed 2nd person verification
b. NVA-D-2 (5-6) boot removed
'nd person verification
/
J w/
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROWNS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION 4.9.A.l.d DIESEL GENERATOR ANNUAL INSPECTION Units 1 AND 2 OR UNIT 3 Approved:
1 t Superintendent Date: APril 14, 1976 General Revision
Page 1 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6 TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY BROWNS FERRY NUCLEAR PLANT DIESEL GENERATOR ANNUAL INSPECTION
Descri tion
%Ms .surveillance instruction is used to comply with requirements of technical specification 4.9.A.l.d. The following table lists the required surveillance items'regarding this instruction:
TABLE SI 4.9.A.l.d - SURVEILLANCE RE UIREMENTS
~Fee cene Re uirement Annually Each diesel generator shall be given an inspection in accordance with instructions based on the manufacturer's recommendations.
~:;inspection is designed to supplement all other surveillance tests and nnaintenance inspections on the diesel generator system and its auxiliary equipment.
The implementation of this instruction will prove operability of some divices are not called upon to function as well as reveal any deterioration of that'ormally items such as loose connections, foul fluids, burned or tarnished break points, etc. This instruction is written in two parts because of the independence of the mechanical and electrical tests and adjustments. Conditions may arise, however, that allow "dove-tailing" of parts of the two sub-instruct'ions f'r man-hour efficiency and safe practice; and the conditions will be examined by the maintenance department prior to each performance of this instruction.
Reference:
Electro-Motive Division Maintenance Instruction M.I. 1742.
0 Bl
Page 2 BP SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 SI 4. 9.A.1. d DIESEL GENERATOR ANiiJAL INSPECTION ELECTRICAL 1.1 The shift engineer's approval shall be obtained prior to the performance of this instruction. I
)
1.2 Limiting conditions satisfied in the technical specifications.
1;3 Obtain a clearance on the following for the diesel generator being tested.
a. 4kV diesel generator breaker including trip circuit and close circuit fuses.
b. Associated PT fuses
c. The logic breaker located on the 125V distribution panel (this deenergizes panel 25-46 for units 1 and 2 and the panel at the associated 4kV Shutdown Board for Unit 3).
d. Start circuit 1 and 2 breakers at the electrical control cabinet.
2. Precautions 2.1 Alert the unit operator in the main control, room that he will receive sporatic annunciation on the appropriate sections of panel 9-23-7 or 8 and panel 25-41 (Units 1 and 2 only).-
2.2 Alert the unit operator in the Unit 3 control 'room, that he,will receive sporatic annunciation -on the appropriate'ections'f 3-9-23 and at
)
the appropriate shutdown board room (Unit 3 only).-
2.3 Diesel generator starting and running. noises are irritating to the ears.
0. defenders are provided and should be'worn when conditions warrant.
r'ar i:
2.4 Exercise care when removing wires and gumpering terminals. Circuits are energized with 125VDC.
Page 3 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/y6
3. Procedure
'NOTE: Verify results and record data after each step unless otherwise specified, as appropriate, on the data sheets. The sections, do not have to be performed in sequence although steps within a section should be performed in sequence.
3.1 Verify that the following breakers are in the OFF position.
a. exciter breaker (125V dist. pnl.)
b. DC control breaker (125V 'dist. pnl.)
c. protective relay panel (Pn125-47) breaker (125V dist; pnl.)
d. alarm control breaker (elect. cont. pnl.)
e. AC control breaker (elect. cont. panel)
f. start circuit 1 breaker (elect. cont. pnl.)
g. start circuit 2 breaker (elect. cont. pnl.)
h. DC control breaker (elect. cont. pnl.)
logic breaker for panel 25-46 (125V dist. pnl.) (Unit 1 and 2) logic breaker for 4kV Sd. Bd. (125V dist. pnl) (Unit 3) 3.2 Alarm Tests
a. Turn alarm control breaker (elect. cont. pnl.) on
b. Turn DC control breaker (125V dist. pnl.)
c. Air Pressure 1 (1) Turn air compressor 1 control switch to OFF position (2) Open any one of the following drain valves for the appropriate unit.
(a) Unit 1 and 2: 0-86-534 , 0-86-535 , 0-86-536.
0-86-537 , 0-86-538 (b) Unit 3: 0-86-584-3 , 0-86-585-3 , 0-86-586-3 0-86-587-3 ,'-86-588-3 (3) Verify alarm light and bell pickup when the pressure drops below 1651bs. (165 + 5 lbs) on STARTING AIR RB gauge.
Page 4 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued)
(4) Close drain valve (5) Return air compressor 1 control switch to AUTO position.
(6) Silence alarm (light can be reset when pressure increases to about 175 1bs.)
d. Air Pressure 2 t (1) Turn air compressor 2 control switch to the OFF position (2) Open any one of the following drain vavles for the appropriate (a) Unit 1 and 2: 0-86-516 , 0-86-517 , 0-86-518 0-86-519 , 0-86-520 (b) Unit 3: 0-86-566-3 . 0-86-567-3 , 0-86-568-3 0-86-569-3 , 0-86-570-3 (3) Verify alarm light and bell pickup when the pressure drops below 165 lbs (165 +. 5 lbs) on the STARTING AIR R.B. gauge.
(4) Close drain valve (5) Return air compressor 2 contxol switch to AUTO position.
(6) Silence alarm (light can be reset when pressure increases to about 175 lbs.)
I (7) Close the following 12 air supply isolation vavles for the D/G being inspected. The Unit 3 valve numbers are given in paxenthesis.
(a) O-S6-5O4 (0-86-554-3 )
(b) 0-86-505 (O-S6-555-3 )
(c) 0-86-506 (0-86-556-3 )
(d) 0-86-507 (0-86-557-3 )
(e) 0-86-509 (0-86-558"3 )
(f) 0-86-52~ (0-86-574-3' (g) 0-86-525 (0-86-575-3" )
Page 5 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.2 Alarm Tests (Continued)
d. Air Pressure 2 (Continued)
(h) 0-86-526 (0-86-576-3 )
(i) 0-86-527 (0-86-577-3 )
(0) 0-86-528 (0-86-578-3 )
(k) 0-86-523 (0-86-573-3~
(1) 0<<86-503 (0-86-553-3~
NOTE: Leave these valves closed until the engine is cranked in step 3.11.
e. Not Auto (1) Turn DC control breaker (elect. cont. pnl) on.
(2) Verify field breaker (elect. cont. pnl) is closed.
(3) Turn air compressor 1 control switch to OFF position.
C (4) Verify alarm light and bell pick up.
(5) Return switch to AUTO position.
(6) Reset alarm.
(7) Turn air compressor 2 control switch to OFF position.
(8) Verify alarm light and bell pick up.
cl (9) Return switch to AUTO position.
f (10) Reset alarm.
(11) Turn field breaker (elect. cont. pnl) off.
(12) Verify alarm light and bell pick up.
(13) Turn field breaker on.
(14) Reset alarm.
h ti
Page 6 3P SI 4.9.A.l.d
3. Procedure (Continued) 11/29/77 3.2 Alarm Tests (Continued.)
f. Oil and. Water Pressure 1
'"(1) Place a jumper from wire AJX to wire AP1 on relay LWD.
I g2) Verify 'oil press~e'larm.
g3) Place a jumper from AK5 to APL on RWS pressure switch and. verify a1arm bell and. alarm light for raw water pick up.
g4) Remove AJX to APl, jumper on LWD relay.
(5) Remove AK5 to AJ1 jumper on RWS pressure switch.
i
+(6) Reset alarm. I
g. Oil and, Water Pressure 2
+(1) Place a jumper from terminal 35A-R4 to terminal 35A-R5 in electrical control cabinet.
+(2) Verify "OIL PRESSURE" and. "RAW WATER" ala~.
+(3) Remove jumper from 35A-R4 to 35A-R5.
+(4) Reset alarms.
h. Circuit Malfunction (1) Place a jumper from wire AP13 to wire AE on relay ZSH1.
(2) Place a jumper from wire AEA5 to wire AE on relay SCR.
(3) Verify alarm beU. and. light for CIRCUZT MAL pick up.
(4) Remove jumper on relay ZSR1.
(5) Remove jumper on relay SCR.
(6) Reset alarm.
No Field.
(1) Place a jumper. from wire AP14 to wire AF on relay FSRl.
(2) Place a jumper from wire AFAl to wire AF on relay 40T.
CAUTION: If above jumpers remain on for 2 minutes, relay LWD will pick up causing OIL PRESSURE and. RAW WATER, alarms to pick up.
(3) Verify alarm bell and. lights for NO FLD and. CIRCUIT MAL pick up.
4) Remove jumper on relay FSRl.
&evision
I
/
0 e
Page 7 BF SI 4.9.A.1.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.2 Alarm Tests (Continued)
No Field (Continued)
(5) Remove jumper on relay 40T.
(6) Reset alarms.
Fuel Transfer (high level)
(1) Momentarily electrically short from wire AP33 to wire AU5 on relay FTH and verify alarm bell and light for FUEL TRANSFER i
pick up.
(2) Reset alarm.
k. Fuel Transfer (low level)
(1) Momentarily electrically short from wire AP31 to wire AU on relay FTL and verify alarm bell and light for FUEL TRANSFER pick up.
r (2) Reset alarm.
Fuel Pressure (system 1)
(1) Momentarily electrically short from wire AP43 to wire AT on pressure switch HFPl and verify alarm bell and light for gW FUEL PRESSURE pick up.
(2) Reset alarm.
m. Fuel Pressure (system 2)
(1) Momentarily electrically short from wire AP44 to wire AT5 on pressure switch HFP2 and verify alarm bell and light for FUEL PRESSURE pick up.
(2) Reset alarm.
Page 8 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.2 Alarm Tests (Continued)
n. Lube Oil Level NOTE: If engine lube oil is to be changed during the inspection, this annunciation can be verified when oil level is dropped.
(1) Momentarily electrically short from terminal 25B7 to wire AR5 on pt. 14 in annunciator cabinet and verify alarm bell.and light for LUBE OIL LEVEL pick up.
(2) Reset alarm.
o. Engine Temperature (1) Push test button on temperature switch ETS.
(2) Verify alarm bell and light for KfGINE HOT pick up.
(3) Allow test button to spring return to normal.
(4) Reset alarm.
p. Start Failure (1) Momentarily electrically short from wire AP16 to wire AHB3 on relay PFDl and verify alarm bell and light"for START FAIL pick up.
(2) Reset alarm.
q. Crankcase Pressure (1) Using a piece of Tygon tubing, apply suction to crankcase pressure detector vent.
(2) Verify alarm light'and bell pick up.
(3) Reset alarm.
NOTE: In order to reset alarm, the plunger which popped out on the crankcase pressure detector will have to be pushed back';.-
in. If plunger will not stay in, you will have to'wait until engine is cranked to reset.
Lube Oil Temperature (1) Momentarily electrically short from, terminal 25C-10 to wire AQB5 on pt. 15 in annunciator cabinet and verify alarm light
'" and bell pick up;
Page 9 BF SI 4.9.A-I.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.2 Alarm Tests (Continued)
r. Lube Oil Temperature (Continued)
(2) Reset Alarm.
s. Turn alarm control breaker (elect. cont. pnl.) off.
3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction This section provides individual instructions for timing each time delay relay in the diesel generator control panels. This instruction use of EMI 15 which contains instructions for timing every 'akes combination of time delay relays. Each relay instruction section will contain a description of the relay;--instructions governing the isolation of the relay, contact terminals to use as the trigger contact, and the location of the power source to use for coil voltage.
ao SPB1 This is-a time delay pickup relay'. Its'ickup time is .
1 f 0.1 seconds.
(1) Isolate relay SFBl by performing the following steps:
-'- "-'-(a)"'emove wire SlN7 from the left coil teradnal- .
'(b)"--" Remove'iie SlPD from 'the right coil terminal. *
(c) Remove wires AP27 and AP26 'from the top lift'ime delay, 7
contact A terminal.
'-(d) Remove wires AHB5 and AHB 2 from the right time delay Y'
NOTE: SFBl should now be'otally isolated from panel wiring.
(2) Time relay SPBl per EMI '15, step 1 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive.
i O.
Page 10 BF SI 4.9.A.1. d 4/14/V6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
a. SFBl (Continued)
(2) Time relay SFBl per EHE 15 (Continued)
(b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) the right and left time delay contact A terminals are the contacts. I I'rigger f
(d) use wire P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 at tht top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay SFB1 to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wire SlN7 on the left coil terminal (b) Reterminate wire S1PD on the right coil terminal (c) Reterminate wires AP27 and AP26 on the left time delay contact A terminal (d) Reterminate wires AHB5 and AHB2 on the right time delay contact A terminal (4) Inspect relay SFB1 and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections.
b. SFB2 This is a time delay pickup relay. Its pickup time is 1 + O.l seconds.
(1) Isolate relay SFB2 by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wire S2Pd from the right coil terminal (b) Remove wire 82N7 from the left coil terminal (c) Remove wire'-AP27 from the left time delay contact A terminal.
/6
~ .
Page BF ll SI 4.9.A.1.d 4/z4/v6
3. Procedure (Continued)
3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
b. SFB2 (Continued)
(1) Isolate relay SFB2 . . . . . . . (Continued)
(d) Remove wires AHB4 and AHB5 from the right time delay contact A terminal.
NOTE: SFB2 should now be totally isolated from panel wiring.
(2) Time relay SFB2 per EMI 15, step 1 using the following information (a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) the right and the left time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source l
(e) use wire N4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay SFB2 to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wire S2PD on the right coil terminal (b) Reterminate wire S2N7 on the left coil terminal .
(c) Reterminate wire AP27 on the left time delay contact A terminal (d) Reterminate wires AHB4 and AHB5 on the right time delay contact A terminal (4) Inspect relay SFB2 and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections
c. PFD1 This is a time delay pickup relay, its pickup time is 3 + 0.2 seconds.
F
~:
Page 12 BF SI 4.9.A.1.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
c. PFDl (Continued)
(1) Isolate relay PFDl by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wires S1Z from the right coil terminal (b) Remove wires S1N3 and S1N4 from the left coil terminal (c) Remove wires SlJl and S1J from the bottom right instan-taneous contact terminal (d) Remove wires S1QX1 and SlQX2 from the bottom left instantaneous contact terminal (e) Remove wire AHB3 from the left time delay contact A terminal (f) Remove wires AP15 and AP16 from the right time delay contact A terminal I
(g) Remove wire S1U from the left time delay contact B terminal (h) Remove wire SlT from the right time delay contact B terminal NOTE: PFD1 should now be totally isolated from panel wiring (2) Time relay PFD1 per EMI 15, step 1 using the following information (a) the right coil terminal is positive 1 t (b) the left coil terminal is negative
.(c) the left and right time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 at the top of the DC.control breaker as the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time
~
~ .
Page 13 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6
3. Prodecure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
c. PFDl (Continued)
(3) Return relay PFDl to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wire SlZ on right coil terminal (b) Reterminate wires S1N3 and S1N4 on left coil terminal (c) Reterminate wires S1J1 and SlJ on the bottom right instantaneous contact terminal (d) Reterminate wires S1QXl and SlQX2 on the bottom left instantaneous contact (e) Reterminate wire AHB3 on the left time delay contact A (f) Reterminate wires AP15 and AP16 on the right time delay contact A terminal (g) Reterminate wire S1U on the left time delay contact B terminal (h) Reterminate wire SlT on the right time delay contact B terminal (4) Inspect relay PFDl and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections
d. PFD2 I
~
This is a time delay pickup relay. Its pickup time is 3 + 0.2 seconds.
(1) Isolate relay PFD2 by performing the .following steps:
(a) Remove wires S2N3 and S2N4 from the left coil terminal (b) Remove wire S2Z from the right coil terminal,.
(c) Remove wires S2QX1 and S2QX2 from the bottom left instantaneous contact terminal
Jt
~-
Page 14 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
d. PFD2 (Continued)
Isolate relay PFD2 . . . . . . . . . . . (Continued)
(d) Remove wires S2Jl and S2J from the bottom right instantaneous contact terminal (e) Remove wires AP24 and AP25 fxom the right time delay contact A terminal (f) Remove wires AHB3 and AHB2 from the left time delay
.contact A terminal I
(g) Remove wire S2T from the right time delay contact B terminal'h)
Remove wire S2U from the left time delay contact B terminal (2) Time relay PFD2 per Et& 15, step'2 using the'.
following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative
,(c) the right and left time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use wixe P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 at the top of the DC control breaker as, the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time
Page 15 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
d. PFD2 (Continued)
(3) Return relay PFD2 to normal by performing the"'ollowing steps:
(a) Reterminate wires S2N3 and S2N4 on the left coil terminal (b) Retexminate wire S2Z on the right coil terminal (c) Retexminate wires S2QX1 and S2QX2 on the bottom left instantaneous contact terminal (d) Retexminate wires S2J1 and S2J on the bottom right instaneous contact terminal (e) Retexminate wires AP24 and AP25 on the right time delay contact A terminal (f) Retexminate wires AHB3 and AHB2 on the left time delay
/ contact A terminal (g) Retexminate wire S2T on the right time delay contact B texminal (h) Reterminate wire S2U on the left time delay contact B terminal (4) Inspect relay PFD2 and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections e.. SFDl This is a time delay pickup relay. Its pickup time is 4 + 0.4 seconds.
(1) Isolate relay SFDl by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wires S1N2 and S1N3 from the left coil terminal (b) Remove wire S1Y from the right coil terminal (c) Remove wire S1K from the bottom left instantaneous contact terminal
Page 16 BF SI 4.9-A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
e. SFDl (Continued)
(1) Isolate relay SFD1 . . . . . . . . . . (Continued)
(d) Remove wire S1L from the bottom right instantaneous contact terminal (e) Remove wires AHB1 and AHB4 from the left time delay contact A terminal.
(f) Remove wire AP16 from the right time delay contact A terminal (g) Remove wire SlV from the left time delay contact B termfnal 4
(h) Remove wire SlU from the right time delay contact B
/
terminal (2) Time relay SFD1 per EliI 15, step 1 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) the left and right time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay, SFDl to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wires SlN2 and S1N3 on the left 'coil terminal
Page 17 BF SX 4.9.A.1.d 4/14/v6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
e. SFD1 (Continued)
(3) Return relay SFD1 to normal '. . . . . . . . (Continued)
(b) Reterminate wire SlY on the right coil terminal (c) Reterminate wire SlK on the bottom left instantaneous contact terminal (d) Reterminate wire S1L on the bottom right instantaneous contact terminal (e) Reterminate wires AHBl and AHB4 on the left time delay contact A terminal (f) Reterminate wire AP16 on the right time delay contact A terminal (g) Reterminate wire SlV on the left time delay contact, B terminal (h) Reterminate wire SlU on the right time delay contact B terminal (4) Xnspect relay SFDl and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections
f. SFD2 This is a time delay pickup relay. Xts pickup time is 4 g 0.4 seconds.
(1) Xsolate relay SFD2 by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wires S2N2 and S2N3 from the left coil terminal (b). Remove wire S2Y from the right coil terminal (c) Remove wire 82K from the bottom left instantaneous contact terminal (d) Remove wire S2L from the bottom right instantaneous contact terminal
4 0
Page 18 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
f. SFD2 (Continued)
I (1) Isolate relay SFD2,. . . . . . . .~. . (Continued)
(e) Remove wires AHB and AHBl from the left time delay contact A terminal (f) Remove wires AP24 and APR3 from the right time delay contact A terminal (g) Remove wire S2V from the left time delay contact B terminal (h) Remove wire S2U from the right time delay contact B terminal (2) Time relay SFD2 pex EMI 15, step 1 using the following infoxmation:
(a) the left coil terminal is negative (b) the right coil terminal is positive (c) the left and right time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 on the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 on top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay SFD2 to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) . Reterminate wires S2N2 and S2N3 on the left coil terminal (b) Reterminate wire S2Y on the right coil terminal
Page 19 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/T6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
f. SFD2 (Continued)
(3) Return relay SFD2 to normal . . . . . . . . . (Continued)
(c) Reterminate wire S2X on the bottom left instantaneous contact terminal I L
(d) Reterminate wire S2L on the bottom right instantaneous contact terminal (e) Reterminate wires AHB and AHB1 on the left time delay contact A terminal
(f) Reterminate wires AP24 and AP23 on the right. time delay contact A terminal (g) Reterminate wire S2V, on the left time delay contact B terminal (h) Reterminate wire S2U on the right time delay contact B terminal (4) Inspect relay SFD2 and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections.
g. STL01 This is a time delay pickup relay. Its pickup time is 5.5 (+1, -0) seconds.
{1) Isolate relay STL01 by performing the following steps:
,(a) Remove wires SlH14 and S1H13 from the left coil terminal
{b) Remove wire S1R from the f
right coil terminal (c) Remove wires ASl and AS from point Q on the instantaneous contact block
0 Page 20 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
g. STLOl (Continued)
(1) Isolate relay STLOl . . . . . . . . . . . (Continued)
(d) Remove wire ASY from point R on the instantaneous contact block !
(e) Remove wires CP19 and CP18 from point N on the instantaneous contact block (f) Remove wire CAM2 from point P on the instantaneous contact block
{g) Remove wire F1ZA from point L on the instantaneous contact block (h) Remove wires FlB3 and F1B from point N on the instantaneous contact block (i) Remove wires SlP5 and S1P2 from point J on the instantaneous contact block (g) Remove wires S1Q and S1Q1 from point K on the instantaneous contact block t
(k) Remove wire DGZA (B, C, or D) from the left time delay contact A terminal (1) Remove wire DGXA1 {Bl, Cl, or Dl) from the right time delay contact A terminal (m) Remove wire F1C from the left time delay contact B terminal (n) Remove wire F1D from .the right time delay contact B termfnal (2) Time relay STL01 per EHI 15, step 1 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive k
II
l1 J
Page 21 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d
"/1"/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
g. STL01 (Continued)
(2) Time relay STLOl per EMI 15 . . . . . . . . . (Continued)
(b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) the left and right time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts
.(d) use wire P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay STL01 to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wires S1N14 and SR%13 on the left coil terminal (b) Reterminate wire SlR on the right coil terminal (c) Reterminate wires AS1 and AS on point Q on the instantaneous contact block (d) Reteradnate wire ASY on point R on. the instantaneous contact block (e) Reterminate wires CP19 and CP18 on point N on the instanteneous contact block (f) Reterminate wire CAH2 on point P on the instantaneous contact block (g) Reterminate wire F1XA on point L on the instantaneous contact block
1; Page 22 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
g. STL01 (Continued)
(3) Return relay STL01 to normal . . . . . . . . . . . (Continued)
(h) Reterminate wires F1B3 and FlB on point N on the instantaneous contact block (i) Reterminate wires S1P5 and SlP2 on point J on the instantaneous contact block Q) Reterminate wires S1Q and SlQl on point K on the instantaneous contact block (k) Reterminatewire DGXA (B, C, or D) on the left time delay contact A terminal (1) Reterminate wire DGZAl (Bl, Cl; or D1) on the top right time delay contact A terminal (m) Reterminate wire FlC on the left time delay contact B
' ~
1 terminal (n) Reterminate wire F1D on the right time delay contact B
~'erminal (4) Inspect relay STL01 and surrounding area to assure that there are no loose terminals
h. STL02 This is a time delay pickup relay. Its pickup time is e 0 g ~ 4 5.5 (+1, -0) seconds.
(1) Isolate relay STL02 by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wires S2N14 and S2N13 from the left coil terminal (b) Remove wire S2R from the right coil terminal
Page 23 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued) h STL02 (Continued)
II I
(1) Isolate relay STL02 . . . . . . . '. . . (Continued)
(c) Remove wires ASX and ASX1 from point R on the instantaneous contact block t
(d) Remove wire ASY from point Q on the instantaneous contact block (e) Remove wires CP15 and CP12 from point N on the instantaneous contact block (f) Remove wires CAM2 and CAMl from point P on the instantaneous contact block (g) Remove wire F2ZA from point L on the instantaneous contact block (h) Remove wires F2B3 and F2B from point M on the instanteneous contact block (i) Remove wires S2P5 and S2P2 from point J on the instantaneous contact block (g) Remove wires S2Q and S2Q1 from point K on the instantaneous contact block (k) Remove 2 wires labeled DGXA (B, C, or D) from left time delay contact A terminal (1) Remove 2 wires labeled DGXAl (Bl, Cl, or Dl) from the right time delay contact A terminal (m) Remove, wire F2C from bottom left time delay contact B terminal (n) Remove wire F2D from bottom right time delay contact B terminal
4 Page 24 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
~
h. STL02 (Continued)
(2) Time relay STL02 per EMX 15, step 1 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) the left and right time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay STL02 to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) . Reterminate wires S2N14 and S2N13 on the left coil terminal (b) Reterminate wire S2R on the right coil terminal (c) Reterminate wires ASX and ASXl on point R on the instantaneous contact block 4
(d) Reterminate wire ASY on point Q on the instantaneous contact block (e) Reterminate wires CP15 and CP12 on point N on the instantaneous contact block (f) Reterminate wires CAM2 and CAM1 on point P on the instantaneous contact block
'l 0
Page 25 BF SI 4.9.A.l-d 4/14/76 3." Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
h. STL02 (Continued)
(3) Return relay STL02 '.to normal . . . ',. . . . (Continued)
I l
(g) Reterminate wire F2XA on point L on the instantaneous contact block (h) Reterminate wires F2B3 and F2B on point M on the instantaneous contact block (i) Reterminate wires S2P5 and S2P2 on point J on the instantaneous contact block Q) Reterminate\ wires S2Q and S2Q1 on point K on the instantaneous contact block (k) Reterminate 2 wires labeled DGXA (B, C, or D) on the left time delay contact A terminal (1) Reterminate 2 wires labeled DGXAl (Bl, Cl, or Dl) on the top right time delay contact A terminal (m) Reterminate wire F2C on the left time delay contact B terminal (n) Reterminate wire F2D on the right time delay contact B terminal (4), Inspect relay STL02 and surrounding area to-assure that there are no loose terminals ESTD This is a time 'delay drop out relay. Its dropout time is 15 g 1 minutes.
0 Page 26 BP SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
ESTD (Continued)
(1) Isolate relay ESTD by perfoxming the following steps:
(a) Remove wires CN13 and CN14 from the left coil terminal (b) Remove wires CATl and CAT from the right coil terminal (c) Remove wire CAV1 from contact point No. 3 (d) Remove wire CAX from contact point No. 5 (2) Time relay ESTD per EMI 15, step 4 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) contact points 3 and 5 are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the
~ .negative side of the DC source (f) record as found dropout time (g) record as left dropout time (3) Retuxn relay ESTD to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wires CN13 and CN14 on the left coil terminal (b) Reterminate wires CAT1 and CAT on the right coil terminal (c) Reterminate wire CAVl on contact point No. 3 (d) Reterminate wire CAX on contact point No. 5 (4) Inspect relay ESTD and surrounding area to assure that there axe no loose terminals.
I*
Page 27 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
PFDAl This is a time delay dropout relay. Its dropout time is 0.5 + 0.1 seconds. If (1) Isolate relay PFDA1 by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wires SlN5 and S1N4 from the left coil terminal (b) Remove wire S1SX from the right coil terminal (c) Remove wire F1C from the top 1A terminal on the time delay contact block (d) Remove wire F1K from the bottom 1A terminal on the time delay contact block (e) Remove wire F2K from the top 2A terminal on the time delay contact block (f) Remove wire F2B2 from the bottom 2A terminal on the time delay contact block (2) Time relay PFDAl per EMI 15, step 3 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) the 1A contact terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 on the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 on the top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source
Page 28 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction .(Continued)
PFDAl (Continued)
(2) Time relay PFDAl per EMI 15 . . . . . . . . . (Continued)
(f) record as found dropout time (g) record as left dropout time (3) Return relay PFDA1 to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wires S1H5 and S1H4 on the left coil terminal (b) Reterminate wire SlSX on the right coil terminal (c) Reterminate wire F1C on the top lA contact terminal (d) Reterminate wire F1K on the bottom 1A contact terminal (e) Reterminate wire F2K on the top 2A contact terminal (f) Reterminate wire F2B2 on the bottom 2A contact terminal (4) Inspect relay PFDA1 and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections.
k. PFDA2 This is a time delay dropout relay. Its dropout time is O 5 + O.l seconds.
(1) Isolate relya PFDA2 by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wires S2H5 and S2H4 from the left coil terminal (b) Remove wire S2SX from the right coil terminal (c)- Remove wire F1K from the top lA terminal on the time delay contact block (d) Remove wire FlB2 from the bottom lA terminal on the time delay contact block
Ir > e
Page 29 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
k. PFDA2 (Continued)
Isolate relay PFDA2 . . . . . . . . . . . (Continued)
(e) Remove wire F2C from the top 2A terminal on the time delay contact block (f) Remove wire F2K from the bottom 2A terminal on the time delay contact block (2) Time relay PFDA2 per EMI 15, step 3 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative *-'c) the 1A contact terminals are the-trigger contacts (d) 'se wire P4 on the top of the DC- control. breaker as the
~oo-"positive side of the DC source
-.-': (e) use wire N4 on the top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source
'-'(f)- record as found dropout time (g)-.record's left dropout time (3) Return relay PFDA2 to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate" wires S2N5"and S2N4 on the- left coil terminal (b) Reterminate'ire S2SX on the right coil terminal (c) Reterminate wire F1K on the top lA contact terminal (d) Reterminate wire F1B2 on the bottom lA contact terminal r
(e) Reterminate wire F2C on the top 2A contact terminal (f) Reterminate wire F2K on the bottom 2A contact termina1
~
E
tl
~,
,P
Page 30 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
k. PFDA2 (Continued)
(4) Inspect relay PFDA2 and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections.
1. LWD This is a time delay pickup relay. Its pickup tine is 2 minutes + 10 seconds.
(1) Isolate relay LWD by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wires AN2 and AN4 from the left coil terminal (Unit 1 and 2 only)
(b) Remove wire AN2 from the left,coil terminal (Unit H
3 only)
(c) Remove wire AEX from the right coil terminal (d) Remove wire AC from contact point.,l (e) Remove wire AP1 from contact point 2 (f) Remove wire ACA from contact point. 5 (g) Remove wire AJX from contact point 6 NOTE:. LWD should now be totally isolated from panel wiring.
(2) Time .relay,,LWD per. EMI 15, step 1 using. the following information:
...(a}, the right coil., terminal is positive f
(b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) :contact points 1 and 5 are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 at the,top. of the DC control breaker as the positive side of- the DC source (e) use wire N4 at the top of'he DC- control breaker as the negative side of the DC source
P kl
Page 31 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
1. LWD (Continued)
'(I (2) Time relay WD per',,EKE 1S (Continued)
(f) record as found pickup time i~
(g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay LWD to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wires AN2 and AN4 on the left coil terminal (Unit 1 and 2 only)
(b) Retexminate wire AN2 from the left coil terminal (Unit 3 only)
(c) Reterminate wire AEX on the right coil texminal (d) Reterminate wire AC on contact point 1 (e) Reterminate wire APl on contact point 2 (f) Reterminate wire ACA on contact point 5 (g) Retexminate wire AJX on contact point 6 (4) Inspect relay LVD and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections
m. 40T This is a time delay pickup relay. Its pickup time is 3 4 0.3 seconds.
(1) Isolate relay 40T by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wires CN17 and'CN18 from the left coil terminal (b)
Remove wire CAF from the right coil terminal (c) Remove wires AFAl and AFA from the left time delay contact A texminal (d) Remove wire AF from the right time delay contact A terminal NOTE: 40T should now be totally isolated from panel wiring
V Page 32 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/z4/v6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
m. 40T (Continued)
(2) Time relay 40T per EME 15, step 1 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) the left and right time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay 40T to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wires CN17 and CN18 on the left coil terminal (b) Reterminate wire CAF on the right coil terminal (c) Reterminate wires AFA1 and AFA on the top left time delay contact A terminal (d) Reterminate wire AF on the top right time. delay contact A terminal (4) Inspect relay 40T and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections
n. 52V Its is + 0;3 seconds.
This is a time delay pickup relay. pickup time 3 (1) Isolate relay 52V by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wires CN19 and CN18 from the left coil terminal
Page 33 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
n. 52V (Continued)
(1) Isolate relay 52V by performing the following steps: (Continued)
(b) Remove wires CAJ2 and CAJ from the right coil terminal (c) Remove wire CAE from the left time delay contact A terminal 1
(d) Remove wires CAA1 and CAA3 from the right time delay contact A terminal NOTE: 52V should now be completely isolated from all panel wiring (2) Time relay 52V per EHI 15, step 1 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) the left and right time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use wire N4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source (e) use wire P4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay 52V to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wires CN19 and CN 18 on the left coil terminal (b) Reterminate wires CAJ2 and CAJ on the right coil terminal (c) Retexminate wire CAE on the left time delay contact A terminal (d) Reterminate wires CAA1 and CAA3 on the right time delay contact A terminal
(l Page 34 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and'Setpoint Correction (Continued)
n. 52V (Continued)
(4) Inspect relay 52V and surrounding area to insure there are no loose connections
o. ECR I
This is a time delay pickup relay. Its pickup time is 11'.5 1 minutes (1) Isolate relay ECR by performing the following steps:,
(a) Remove wires CN13 and CN12 from the left coil terminal
(b) Remove wires CAX and CAXl from the right coil terminal (c) Remove wires CAV and CAV1 from contact point 1 (d) Remove wire AJ from contact point 4 (e) Remove wires CAW1 and CAW from contact point 5 (f) Remove wire AJX from contact point 6 NOTE: ECR should now be totally isolated from panel wiring.
(2) Time relay ECR per EKE 15, step 1 using the following information:
(a) the right coil .terminal is positive C
(b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) contact points 1 and 5 are the trigger contacts (d) use wire P4 at the-top of the DC control breaker as the positive side of the DC source (e) use wire N4 at the top of the DC control breaker as the negative side of the DC source
. (f) record as found pickup time
'(g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay ECR to normal by performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wires CN13 and CN12 on the left coil terminal '
I 3
('
Page 35 BP SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/v6
,3. Procedure (Continued) 3,3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
o. ECR (Continued)"
(3) Return relay ECR to normal by performing the following steps: (Continued)
(b) Reterminate wires CAX and CAX1 on the right coil terminal (c) Reterminate wires CAV and CAVl on contact point 1 (d) Reterminate wire AJ on contact point 4 (e) Reterminate wires CAW1 and CAW on contact point 5 (f) Reterminate wire AJX on contact point 6 (4) Inspect relay ECR and surrounding area to assure there are no loose connections.
p. SCR (located in engine control cabinet)
This is a time delay pickup relay. Its pickup time is 30 + 3 seconds (1) Isolate relay SCR by performing the following steps:
(a) Remove wire CN2 from the left coil terminal (b) Remove wire CAW from the right coil terminal (c) Remove wires AEA5 and AEA from the left time delay contact A terminal
'(d) Remove wire AE from the right time delay contact A terminal NOTE: SCR should now be completely isolated from all panel wiring (2) Time relay SCR per EMI 15, step 1 using the following information:
(a) the right coil terminal is positive (b) the left coil terminal is negative (c) the left and right time delay contact A terminals are the trigger contacts (d) use terminal 25E-12 as the negative side of the DC source
~i Page 36 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.3 Timer Tests and Setpoint Correction (Continued)
p. SCR .(located in engine control cabinet) (Continued)
(2) Time relay SCR per EMI 15, step 1 using the following information: (Continued)
(e) use terminal 25E-12 as the negative side of the DC source (f) record as found pickup time (g) record as left pickup time (3) Return relay SCR to normal by. performing the following steps:
(a) Reterminate wire CN2 on the left coil terminal (b) Reterminate wire CAW on the right coil terminal (c) -Reterminate wires AEA5 and AEA on the left time delay contact A terminal, (d) ~ Reterminate wire AE on the right time delay contact A
~
terminal Y' ~4, m sr~" =
(4) Inspect, relay SCR and surrounding area to insure there are no loose connections 3.4 Immersion Heater.
a. Visually inspect, the heater contactor in the engine control cabinet I
for burned-.or distorted= contact surfaces, loose connections, and .
foreign material. Exercise caution. because the circuit will'ot be de-energized.
b. Verify proper operation of,.the immersion heater.
(1) - Electrically short from 25El to 25E3 in the electrical control cabinet (2) Verify the heater contactor energizes.
(3) Using a clamp-on ammeter, measure and record'he current in lead Ll,.L2, and L3 at the contactor
Page 37 Bp SI 4.9.A.l.d 11/29/77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.4 Immersion Heater (Continued)
b. Verify proper operation of the immersion heater. (Continued)
(4) Measure and record the voltage at the contactor between Ll and L2, L2 and L3, and L3 and Ll (5) Remove the electrical short placed in step 3.4.b(1)
(6) Calculate the heater capacity using the following formula:
Power (kw) ~ 3 IV x 1000 = (0.00173)VI I(amps): minimum value obtained in step 3 V(volts): minimum value obtained in step 4
@7) Verify heater capacity is between 32kw and, 15kv.
3.5 Relay Inspection
a. Verify. that the following breakers are off (1) exciter breaker (125V dist. pnl.)
(2) DC control breaker (125V dist. pnl.)
(3) protective pnl. breaker (125V dist. pnl.)
(4) alarm control breaker (elect. cont. pnl.)
(5) AC control breaker (elect. cont. pnl.)
(6) DC control breaker (elect. cont. pnl.)
(7) logic breaker (125V dist. pnl.)
b. Visually inspect the following relays for burned or distorted contact surfaces, loose connections, and foreign material.
NOTE: Exercise caution during the inspection. Although all coils of the following relays will be de-energized, some of the relay contacts may be hot.
+Revision
~ .
Page 38 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.5 Relay Inspection (Continued)
b. Visually inspect the following relays.. . . (Continued)
(1) VSR1 (2) VSR2 (3) ZSRl (4) ZSR2 (5)
(6) ESR1 ESR2 (8)
(9) PFDA2 (lo) FSR1 FSR2 (12)
(13)
(14) ECR (15) ECRA (16) ESTD (17) 4ov (18) GS (19) LMD (20) 40T (21) 52V (22) FFCO (23) ESTR (24) SFBl
0
.i
Page 39 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.5 Relay Inspection (Continued)
b. Visually inspect the following relays . . . (Continued)
(25) SFB2 (26) OTR (27) PFDl (28) PFD2 (29) USD1 (30) VSD2 (31) SFDl (32) SFD2 (33) STL01 (34) STL02 (35) STRl (36) STR2 (37)
(38) SSPl (complete panel)
(39) SSP2 (complete panel)
(40) SCR (engine cont. cab)
(41) FTH (engine cont. cab)
(42) FTL (engine cont. cab)
(43) FTC1 (engine cont. cab)
(44) FTC2 (engine cont. cab)
(45) CPMC (engine cont. cab)
(46) OLl (engine cont. cab)
(47) OL2 (engine cont. cab) f48) OLCPM (engine cont. cab)
Page 40 BP SI 4.9.A.l-d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.5 Relay Inspection (Continued)
b. Visually inspect the following relays . . . (Continued)
(49) OL1H (engine cont. cab)
(50)'nnunciator relays (engine cont. cab)
NOTE: The logic panel for Unit 3 is located at the associated 4KV shutdown board.
(51) OMR 1 (logic pnl.)
(52) OMR 2 (logic pnl.)
(53) OMR 3 (logic pnl.)
(54) OMR - 4 (logic pnl.) (Unit 1 and 2 only)
(55) OMR 5 (logic pnl.) (Unit 1 and 2 only)
(56) TR 1 (logic pnl.)
g (57) TR 2 '(logic pnl.)
(58) TR 3 (logic pnl.)
(59) TR 4 (logic pnl.)
(60) TR 5 (logic pnl.)
(61) DCPP 1 (logic pnl.)
(62) DCPP 2 (logic pnl.)
(~Q a
'(63) SUDR (logic pnl.-)
(64) 27/lAX (logic pnl.) (D/G* A only)
(65) Rl (logic pnl.) (Unit 1 and 2 only)
(66) ASLR (logic pnl.)
(67) ASLR-X (logic pnl.)
(68) USR (logic pnl.)
(69) DRR '- 1 (logic pnl.)
(70) DRR 2 (logic pnl.)
(71) DRR 3 (logic pnl.)
0 Page 41 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.5 Relay Inspection (Continued)
b. Visually inspect the following relays . . . (Continued)
(72) ASR 1 (logic pnl.)
I (73) ASR 2 (logic pnl.)
(74) ASR 3 (logic pnl.)
(75) CASR (logic pnl.)
(76) CR (logic pnl.)
(77) GRR (logic pnl. )
(78) GLR (logic pnl. )
(79) VRR (logic pnl)
(80) VLR (logic pnl. )
(81) OTX (logic pnl.)
(82) 27/1BX (logic pnl.) (D/G C only)
(83) CAR It (protective relay cab.)
(84) 51VZ (protective relay cab.)
(85) 27/3AX (Sd Bd 3EA only)
(86) 27/3BX (Sd Bd 3EC only)
(87) R3A (Unit 3 only)
During this inspection, also check all terminal connections in each relay and control cabinet for tightness. Special attention should be given to all connections subject to vibration.
3.6 Voltage Regulator Inspection
a. Visually inspect the complete voltage regulator panel for loose connections, burned contact surfaces, and dirty rectifier. plates.
3.7 Fuse Compartment Inspection
a. Check each of the following fuse compartments for loose fuse
J Page 42 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/l~/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.7 Fuse Compartment Inspection (Continued)
a. Continued clips, proper fit of fuse drawer, and good contact surface of fuse stabs:
(1) control power transformer fuses (2) potential transformer fuses 1-3 (3) potential transformer fuses 4-6 3.8 Electrical Control Panel Inspection
a. Remove the back covers from the electrical contxol panel and visually inspect all PT's, CT's, reactors, and xectifiers for
-loose or burned connections.
3.9 Generator Inspection
a. Use low pressure air to-remove dust from collector rings and stator
b. Remove oil, grease, or accumulation of dirt from collector with clean, bound end, lintless wiping cloths
c. Check collector rings for uneven wear, pits, and rough spots
d. Check generator brushes for tightness and wear 3.10'Protective Relays
a. Verify the operability 'of the following relays (to be performed by the DPSO Browns Ferry Nucleax Plant field crew)
(1) diesel generator overload 51Z (2) diesel generator field overcurrent - 76X (3) diesel generator ground ovexcurrent - 59X (4) reverse power - 32 (5), diesel generator overcurxent 51V (6) diesel generator diffexential 87
r
~,
+Page 42A 3F SI 4.9.A.l.d, 11/29/77
.Procedure (Continued)
Q 11 Pue3. Oil Pump Motor Inspection (a) Check DC control breaker for electrical control cabinet is OFZ.
((~b) Inspect the 'brushes and. commutator of the fuel oil pump motor.
Replace the motor brushes if they are worn shorter than 3/4-inch.
Inspect the commutator and, clean if its condition warrants. If the interior of the motor is dirty blow it out with low pressure air.
3.12 Lube Oil Circulating Pump Inspection
'(a) Obtain a clearance on the lube oil circulating pump breaker per the following table Generator 'iesel Panel A 480V Diesel Aux M A B 480V Diesel, Aux M A 4E C 480V Diesel Aux M B 4E D 480V Diesel Aux Bd. B 3A. 480V Diesel Aux Bcl 3EA 2Bl 480V Diesel Aux M 3EA 5Bl 3C 480V Diesel Aux M 3EB 2B1 3D 480V Diesel Aux M 3EB 5B1
~(b) Every two years, (Even years for Unit 3 Diesels, odd. ye rs for Unit 1 5 2 Diesels) change the lube oil circulating pump motor bearing and meggar the motor winding. Meggar the motor with a 500V meggar. The insula-tion. resistance must be 1 megohm or greater.
(c) Release the clearance obtained.
3.13 Motor Operated Potentiometer (a)'ubricate the motor-operated. potentiometer once a year with a light weight machine oil.
3 14 (a) Electrical, sections 3.1 through 3.13 must be. complete before performing sections 3.15 and. 3.16. Electricians to verify sections 3.1 through 3.13 are complete.
(b) Ãachinists to verify mechanical portion of SI 4.9.A.l.d. is complete before Electricians proceed. with sections 3.15 and. 3.16.
,C
4 Page 43 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 11/29/77
3. Procedure (Continued)
NOTE: Sections 3.1 through 3.10 must be complete before performing sections 3.11 and 3.12.
Q 15 Governor and Voltage Control Checks
a. Turn DC control breaker (125V dist. pnl.) on
b. Turn DC control breaker (125V dist. pnl.) on
c. Turn alarm control breaker on
d. Turn excitation (field flashing) breaker (125V dist. pnl.) on
e. Turn AC control breaker (elect. cont. pnl.) on
f. Push engine stop pushbuttons
g. Verify field breaker (elect. cont. pnl.) is closed
h. Verify 86GA reset Open the following air shutoff valves for the diesel generator being inspected. The Unit 3 valves are given in parenthesis.
(1) 0-86-524 (0-86-574-3 )
(2) 0-86-525 (0-86-575-3 )
(3) 0-86-526 (0-86-576-3 )
(4) 0-86-527 (0-86-577-3~
(5) 0-86-528 (0-86-578-3 )
(6) 0-86-504 (0-86-554-3 )
(7) 0-86-505 (0-86-555-3~
(8) 0-86-506 - (0-86-556-3 ) .
(9) 0-86-507 (0-86-557-3 )
(10) 0-86-508 (0-86-558-3 )
(11) 0-86-503 (0-86-553<<3 )
(12) 0-86-523 (0-86-573-3 )
+Revision
~
t I I
Page 44 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 11/29/77
3. Procedure (Continued)
Governor and Voltage Control Checks (Continued)
Release hold order obtained in the prerequisites. (Do not turn start circuit breakers or logic breaker on until instruction calls for them)
NOTE: Allow 15 minutes to expire between step 3.ll.f and the next step.
k. Use governor control switch on engine control cabinet to move governor to lowest setting.
1. Turn start circuit 1 and 2 breakers on
m. Turn protective relay panel breaker on
n. Depress fuel prime pushbutton until pressure reaches 30psi.
o. Push engine start pushbutton (engine should start and level at idle speed: 450rpm)
p. Allow engine to idle for 10 minutes.
NOTE: If any alarms occur other than NOT AUTO,. do not continue until permission is obtained from maintenance department'.
q. Use governor control switch to increase engine speed until the speed limit is reached record engine speed (950 960rpm)
r. Depress field flashing pushbutton until voltage on generator, builds up record generator voltage and engine speed (900+ 5rpm)
s. Turn the logic breaker on
t. From the control room, have the ASE lower the speed until speed decrease stops record engine speed (855 - 870rpm)
u. From the control room, have the ASE raise the speed 'until speed increase stops record engine speed (940 950rpm)
v. From the control room, have the ASE lower the speed until speed reaches 900rpm
+Revision
Page 45 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 11/29/77
3. Procedure (Continued) 3 X5 <Governor and Voltage Control Checks (Continued)
w. From the control room, have the ASE lower the voltage until voltage decrease stops and record voltage.
x. From the control room, have the ASE raise the voltage until voltage increase stops and record voltage (4900 + 50 volts).
Do not increase the voltage above 4950 volts.
y. From the control room, have the ASE lower the voltage to approx-imately 4150 volts
z. Open the logic breaker aa. Depress engine stop pushbuttons and record engine speed (450 6 10rpm) when the engine is idling C <
> -.... Verification
~
(c) S1X reterminated Second Person Verification (d) S1L reterminated Second Person Verification (e) AHB1 and AHB4 reterminated Second Person Verification (f) AP16 reterminated SecondPerson Verification (g) S1V reterminated Second Person Verification
4 r
'6
Page '61 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/'76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On Terminal Initials-Date/Data
~ate 3.3 Timer Tests (Continued)
e. SFD1 (4 + 0.4 seconds) (Continued)
(3) return to normal (Continued)
(h) S1U reterminated Second Person Verification (4) SFD1 inspected (4 + 0.4 seconds)
(1) relay isolation (a) S2N2 and S2N3 removed Second Person Verification (b) S2Y removed Second Person Verification (c) S2X removed Second Person Verification (d) S2L removed Second Person Verification (e) AHB and ABHl removed Second Person Verification (f) AP24- and AP23 removed Second Person Verification (g) S2V removed Second Person Verification'h)
S2U removed Second Person Verification .
0
'E
'l
Page 62 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste Terminal Initials-Date/Data Timer Tests (Continued) I.3
f. 'FD2 (4 J 0.4 seconds) (Continued)
(2) timing (a) (e) information (f) as found time sec.
(g) as left time sec.
(3) return to normal (a) S2N2 and S2N3 reterminated Second Person Verification (b) S2Y reterminated Second Person Verification (c) S2X reterminated Second Person Verification (d) S2L reterminated Second Person Verification (e) AHB and AHB1 reterminated Second Person Verification (f) AP24 and AP23 reterminated Second Person Verification (g) S2V reterminated Second Person Verification A
(h) S2U reterminated-Second Person Verification (4) SFD2 inspected
4 '1 Page 63 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
'Terminal initials-Date/Data 3.'3 'Timer Tes ts (Continued)
g. STLOl (5.5 + 1, -0 Seconds)
(1) relay isolation (a) SlN14 and SlN13 removed Second Person Verification (b) SlR removed Second Person Verification (c) AS1 and AS removed Second Person Verification (d) ASY removed Second Person Verification (e) CP19 and CP18 removed Second Person Verification (f) CAM2 removed Second Person Verification (g) F1XA removed Second Person Verification (h) FlB3 and F1B removed e
Second'erson Verification (i) S1P5 and S1P2 removed Second Person Verification Q) SlQ and S1Q1 removed Second Person Verification (k) DGX removed Second Person Verification
~,
Page 64 BF ST. 4.9.A.l.d \
4/14/76 <<&
Data Sheet ST. 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste Terad.nal Xnitials-Date/Data 3,3 Timer Tests (Continued)
g. STL01 (5.5 + 1, -0 Seconds) (Cont )
(1) relay isolation (Cont )
(1) DGX 1 removed Second Person Verification (m) FlC removed Second Person'Verification (n) F1D removed Second Person Verification (2) timing (a) (e) information (f) as found time sec.
(g) as left time .sec.
(3) return to normal (a), S1N14 and S1NI3 reterminated
,"'Second Person Verification (b) SlR reterminated Second Person Verificat'ion (c) AS1 and AS reterminated Second Person Verification (d) ASY reterminated Second Person Verification CP19.and CP18 reterminated
'e)
Second Person Verification (f) CAM 2 reterminated Second Person Verification
r Page 65 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6
')")
t ~
",Data Sheet SX 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Mres On
~Ste Terminal Enitials-Date/Data 3.3 Timer Tests (Continued)
g. STL01 (5.5 + 1, -0 Seconds) (Cont.)
t (3) return to normal (Cont.)
l (g) F1XA reterminated Second Person Verification (h) FlB3 and F1B reterminated r
Second Person -Verification (i) S1P5 and S1P2 reterminated
-.Second Person Verification (g)=, S1Q and SlQ1 reterminated
<ar .Second Person Verification
~
(R) DGX reterminated t
Second Person Verification
'.(1) 'GX 1 reterad.nated I
Second Person Verification (m) FlC" ret'erminated Person Vhrification
.'econd (n) F1D reterminated Second Person Verification (4) STLOl inspected
h. STL02 (5.5 + 1, -0 Seconds)
(1) relay isolation (a) S2N14 and S2N13 removed Second Person Verification (b) S2R removed .
Second Person Verification
~
C W
I
Page 66 BF SI 4.9.A.1;d 4/14/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste Terminal Initials-Date/Data 3.3 Timer Tests (Continued)
h. STL02 (5.5 + 1, -0 Seconds) (Cont.)
(1) relay isolation (Cont. )
(c) ASX and ASX1 removed Second Person Verification (d) ASY removed Second Person Verification (e) CP15 and CP12 removed Second Person Verification (f) CAM2 and Grail removed Second Person Verification (g) F2XA r~oved Second Person Verification (h) F2B3 and F2B removed Second Person Verification (i) S2P5 and S2P2 removed Second Person Verification (g) S2Q and S2Ql removed Second Person Verification (k) two DGX 's removed Second Person Verification (1) two DGX 's removed Second Person Verification (m) F2C removed Second Person Verification
E Page 67 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued) cfires On Initials-Date/Data
~Ste Terminal
3. 3 Timer Tests (Continued)
h. STL02 (5.5 + 1, -0 seconds) (Cont.)
(1) relay isolation (Cont.)
(n) F2D removed Second Person Verification (2) timing (a) thru (e) information (f) as found time sec.
(g) as left time sec.
(3) return to normal (a) S2N14 and S2N13 reterminated Second Person Verification (b) S2R reterminated Second Person Verification (c) ASX and ASXl reterminated Second Person Verification (d) ASY reterminated Second Person Verification (e) CP15 and CP12 reterminated Second Person Verification (f) CAM2 and CAM1 reterminated Second Person Verification (g) F2XA reterminated Second Person Verification
'l\ E Page 68 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/y6 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste Terminal Initials-Date/Data 3.3 Timer Tests '(Continued)
h. STL02 (5.5 + 1, -0 Seconds) (Cont.)
(3) return to normal (Cont.)
(h) F2B3 and F2B reterminated Second Person Verification (i) S2P5 and S2P2 reterminated Second Person Verification (g) S2Q and S2Q1 reterminated Second Person Verification (k) two DGX 's reterminated Second Person Verification (1) two DGX 1's reteradnated Second Person Verification (m) F2C reterminated Person Verification
'econd (n) F2D reterminated Second Person Verification (4) STL02 inspected i.. ESTD (15 4 1 minute)
(1) relay isolation (a) CN13 and CN14 Second Person Verification (b) CAT1 and CAT removed Second Person Verification
1 l
Page 69 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste Terminal Initials-Date/Data
.3.3 Timer Tests (Continued)
ESTD (15 + 1 minute) (Cont.)
(1) relay isolation (Cont-)
(c) CAVl removed Second Person Verification (d) CAX removed Second Person Verification (2) Timing (a) (e) information (f) as found time sec.
'.(g) as left time sec.
(3) return to normal (a) CN13 and CN14 reterminated "ia.i~.Second Person Verification (b) CATl and CAT reterminated Second Person Verification (c) CAV1 reterminated Second Person Verification (d) CAX reterminated Second Person Verification (4) ESTD inspected PFDAl (0,5-+ 0.1 seconds)
(1) relay isolation
-(a) SlN5 and SXN4 removed Second Person Verification I
0 Page 70 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Vires On
~Ste Terminal Initials-Date/Data
'3.3 Timer Tests (Continued)
PFDA1 (0.5 + O.l seconds) (Cont.)
(1) relay isolation (Cont.)
(b) SlSX removed Second Person Verification (c) FlC removed Second Person Verification (d) F1K removed Second Person Verification (e) F2K removed Second Person Verification (f) F2B2 removed Second Person Verification (2) timing (a) thru (e) information (f) as found time sec.
(g) as left time sec.
(3) return to normal (a) SlNS and SlN4 reterminated Second Person Verification (b) S1SX reterminated
'econd Person Verification (c) F1C reterminated Second Person Verification
Page 71 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On Initials-Date/Data
~Ste Terminal 3.3 Timer Tests. (Continued)
PFDA1 (0.5 + O.l seconds) (Cont.)
(3) return to normal (Cont.)
(d) FlK reterminated Second Person Verification (e) F2K reterminated Second Person Verification I
(f) F2B2 reterminated Second Person Verification (4) PFSAl inspected
k. PFDA2 (0.5 +- O.l second)
(1) relay isolation (a) S2N5 and S2N4 removed Second Person Verification (b) S2SX removed Second Person Verification (c) FlK removed Second Person Verification (d) FlB2 removed Second Person Verification (e) F2C removed Second Person Verification (f) F2K removed Second Person Verification
0
~ .
Page 72 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On Initials-Date/Data
~Ste Terminal W
3. 3 Timer Tests (Continued)
k. PFDA2 (0.5 + 0.1 second) (Cont.)
(2) timing (a) thru (e) information (f) as found time sec.
(g) as left time sec.
(3) return to normal (a) S2N5 and S2N4 reterminated Second Person Verification (b) S2SX reterminated Second Person Verification (c) F1K reterminated Second Person Verification (d) F1B2 reterminated Second Person Verification (e) F2C reterminated Second Person Verification (f) F2K reterminated Second Person Verification (4) PFDA2 inspected 1- LWD (2 minutes + 10 seconds)
(1) relay isolation (a) AN2 and AN4 removed (Unit 1 and 2 only)
Second Person Verification ...
't
Page 73 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/z.4/v6 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On Initials-Date/Da ta
~Ste Terminal
3. 3 Timer Tests (Continued)
1. LWD (2 minutes + 10 seconds) (Cont.)
(1) relay isolation (Cont.)
(b) AN2 removed (Unit 3 only)
Second Person Verification (c) AEX removed Second Person Verification (d) AC removed Second Person Verification (e) AP1 removed Second Person Verification (f) ACA removed Second Person Verification
. (g) AJX removed ve Second Person Verification ere i (2) timing (a) thru (e) .information (f) as found time sec.
as left time sec.
(g)
(3) return to normal (a) AN2 and AN4 reterminated (Unit 1 and 2 only)
Second Person Verification (b) AN2 retermlneted (Unit 3 only)
Second Person Verifi.cation
Page 74 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/i4/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~ate Terminal Initials-Date/Data 4-".3- 'Timer Tests (Continued)
1. LWD (2 minutes + 10 seconds) (Cont.)
(3) return to normal (Cont.)
(c) AEX reterminated Second Person Verification (d) AC reterminated Second Person Verification (e) AP1 reterminated Second Person Verification (f) ACA reterminated Second Person Verification (g) AJX reterminated Second Person Verification (4) LWD inspected
m. '0T (3 + 0.3 seconds)
(1) relay isolation (a) CN17 and CN18 removed Second Person Verification (b) CAF removed Second Person Verification (c) AFA1 and AFA removed Second Person Verification (d) AF removed Second Person Verification
Page 75 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 Data Sheet. SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste Terminal Initials-Date/Data 3.3 Timer Tests (Continued)
'I
m. 40T (3 J 0.3 seconds) (Cont.)
'2) timing (a) (e) informatiog (f) as found time sec.
(g) as left time i sec.
/
(3) return to normal (a) CN17 and CN18 reterminated
--.

Second Person Verification (b) CAF reterminated Second Person Verification (c) AFAl and AFA reterminated Second Person Verification (d) AF reterminated Second Person Verification (4) 40T insPected
n. 52V (3 + 0.3 seconds)
(1) . relay isolation (a) CN19 and CN18 removed Second Person Verification (b) CAJ2 and CAJ removed Second Person Verification (c) CAE removed Second Person Verification,
C "pt,.
Page 76 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste Terminal Initials-Date/Data 3.3 Timer Tests (Continued)
n. 52V '3 4 0.3 seconds) (Cont.)
(1) relay isolation (Continued)
(d) CAAl and CAA3 removed Second Person Verification (2) timing (a) (e) information (f) as found time sec.
(g) as left time sec.
r (3) return to normal (a) CN19 and CN18 reterminated Second Person Verification (b) CAJ2 and CAJ reteradnated Second Person Verification (c) CAE reterminated Second Person Verification (d) CAA1 and CAA3 reterminated Second Person Verification
, (4) 52V inspected
o. ECR (11.5 J 1 minute)
(1) relay isolation (a) CN13 and CN12 removed Second Person Verification (b) CAX and CAX1 removed Second Person Verification
a y Page 77 BZ Sr 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6 Data Sheet SX 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste Terminal Enitials-Date/Data
3. 3 Timer Tests (Continued)
0. ECR (11.5 + 1 minute) (Cont.)
(1) relay isolation (Continued)
(c) CAV and CAV1 removed Second Person Verification (d) AJ removed Second Person Verification (e) CAW1 and CAW removed Second Person Verification (f) AJX removed Second Person Verification (2) timing (a) - (e) information (f) as found time min.
(g) as left time min.
(3) return to normal (a) CN13 and CN12 reterminated Second Person Verification (b) CAX and CAX1 reterminated Second Person Verification
.(c) CAV and CAV1 reterminated Second Person Verification (d) AJ reterminated Second Person Verification
Page 78 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste 'Terminal Initials-Date/Data 3.'3 'Timer Tes ts (Continued)
o. ECR (11.5 + 1 minute) (Cont.)
(3) return to normal (Continued)
(e) CAW1 and CAW reterminated Second Person Verification (f) AJX reterminated Second Person Verification
('4) . ECR insPected
,p. SCR (30 + 3 seconds)
(1) relay isolation (a) CN2 removed Second Person Verification (b) CAW removed Second Person Vexification (c) AEA5 and AEA xemoved Second Person Verification (d) AE removed Second Person Verification (2) timing (a) (e) infoxmation (f) as found time (g) as left time (3) return to normal (a) CN2 reterad.nated Second Person Verification
q
'I
Page 79 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6 1>
Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
Wires On
~Ste 'Terminal Initials-Date/Data 3;3 Timer Tests (Continued)
A
p. SCR (30 + 3 seconds (Cont.)
(3) return to normal (Continued)
(b) CAW reterminated Second Person Verification (c) AEA5 and AEA reterminated
'Second Person Verification (d) AE reterminated
'Second Person Verification (4) SCR inspected 3.4 Immersion Heater
a. Contactor inspected
b. Proper operation (1) Electrical short placed 25El to 25E3 Second Person Verification (2) Heater contactor energized (3) Li amps L2 amp s L3 amps Ll-L2 volt's..
'4)
L2-L3 volts
'3-Ll volts (5) Electrical short removed 25El to 25E3 Second Person Verification (6) Power (KW) .~ (0.00173) (
~ WW"
~ r 1 Pcwer ~ ~ ~ E
Page 80 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 11/29/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
~ste Initials-Date/Data
,3.4 Immersion Heater (Continued):
b. Proper operation (Continued) power between l2kw and. 15kw 3.5 Relay Inspection
a. breakers off (1) exciter (2) DC'ontrol.
(3) protective pnl.
(4) alarm control (5) AC contxol (6) DC control (7) logic breaker
b. relays:
(1) vsR1 (2) vsR2 (3) zsRl (4) zsR2 (5) FPR (6) ESRl (7) EsR2 (8) PFDA1 (9) PFDA2 (10) FSR1-(ll) FSR2
&evision
Page 81 BF SZ 4.9.A.l.d 4/z.4/76 Data Sheet SX 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
~Ste 'Initials-Date/Data 3.5 Relay Inspection (Continued)
N
b. relays: (Continued)
II (12) MSRl l' (13) MSR2 (14) ECR (15) ECRA (16) ESTD (17) 40V (18) GS, (19) LR)
(20) 40T (21) 52V (22) FFCO (23) ESTR (24) SFB1 (25) SFB2 (26) OTR (27) PFD1 (28) PFD2 (29) VSD1 (30) VSD2 (31) SFDl (32) SFD2 (33) STLOl (34) STL02
Page 82 3F SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 Data Sheet SZ 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
~Ste 'Initials-'Date/Data 9.5 'Relay Inspection (Continued)
b. relays: (Continued)
(35) STR1 (36) STR2 (37) FFc (38) SSP1 (39) SSP2 (40) scR (41) FTH (42) FTL (43) FTC1 (44) FTc2 (45) CPMC (46) OL1 (47) OL2 (48) OLCPM (49) OLla (50) annunciators (51) OMR 1 (52) OMR 2 (53) OMR 3 (54) OMR 4 (Unit 1 and 2 only)
(55) OMR 5 (Unit 1 and 2 only)
(56) TR (57) TR -2
~,
Page 83 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
~Ste 'Initials-Date/Data 3.'5 Relay Inspection (Continued)
b. relays: (Continued)
(58) TR (59) TR -4 (60) TR (61) DCPF -1 (62) DCPF -2 (63) SUDR (64) 27/lAX (65) R1 (Unit 1 and 2 only)
(66) ASLR (67) ASLR-X (6S) VSR (69) DRR (70). DRR -2 (71) DRR (72) ASR (73) ASR -2 (74) ASR -3 (75) CASR (76) CR (77) CRR (78) Cr.R (79) VRR (so)'r.R .
Page 84 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/V6 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
~Ste (Continued)'nitials-Date/Data 3.5 Relay Inspection
b. relays: (Continued)
(81) OTX (82) 27/1BX (D/G C only)
(83)
(84) 51VZ (85) 27/3AX (Sd Bd. 3EA only)
(86), 27/3BX (Sd Bd. 3EC only)
(87) R3 (Unit 3 only) 3.6 Voltage Regulator Inspection
a. condition satisfactory 3.7 Fuse Compartment Inspection (a)
(1) control power transformer fuses (2) PT fuses 1-3 (3) PT fuses 4-6 3.8 Electrical Control Panel Inspection (a) condition satisfactory 3.9- Generator Inspection collector 'rings and stator dusted
b. collector cleaned
c. collector satisfactory d.. brushes satisfactory'
n Page 85 BF SI 4'9.A.l.d Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.3..d (Continued) 11/29/77 Initials/Date/Ihta e 3.3.0 Protective Relays
5. relay operability (1) 51Z
(~) 76X (3) 59X (4.)
(5) 51V 3.11.'uel Oil Pump Motor Inspection
a. DC control breaker off
b. Motor brushes inspected changed Commutator inspected Motor interior cleaned.
3.32 -Lube Oil Circulating Pump Inspection a.. Proper clearance obtained.
b. Motor meggered Megger ID Number Calibration ate
. Bearing changed
c. Clearance released 3o~
~NOTE: N/A all blanks if lube oil circulating pump inspection is not required during the year that the annual inspection is being performed.
3.13 Motor Operated Potentiometer a.. Lubricated 3.14 a. Electrical sections 3.1 through 3.13 complete ectricians
b. Mechanical portion complete c nis s
+Revision
0
+Page 85A 3F SX.9.A.l.d Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued.) H./z9/77. Step Xnitials/ate/Data 3 +5 Governor and Voltage Control Checks
a. DC control breaker {125V dist. pn1) on

b. DC contxol breaker (elect. cont. pnl) on

c. Alarm control breaker on

d. Excitation (field flashing) breaker (125V dist.
pnl) on
e. AC control breaker {elect. cont. pnl) on

f. Stop pushbuttons depressed

g. Field bx'eaker closed h 86 GA reset Shutoff valves open (1) 0-86-52}} (0-86-574-3 )
(2 ) 0-86-525 (0-86-575-3 ) (3) 0 86-526 (0-86-576-3 ) {4) 0-86-527 {0-86-577-3 ) (5) 0-86-528 (0 86-578-3 ) +Addendxim.
O. Page 86 SF SZ 4.9.A.l.d 11/29/77 Data Sheet SE 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
~Ste Initital-Date/Data +3, 1$ Governor and Voltage Control'Checks (Continued) '. li Shutoff valves open (Continued)
(6) 0-86-504 (0-86-554-3 ) (7) 0-86-505 (0-86-555-3 ) (8) 0-86-506 (0-86-556-3 ) (9) 0-86-507 (0-86-557-3 ) (10) 0-86-508 (0-86-558-3 ) (11) 0-86-503 (0-86-553>>3 ) (12) 0-86-523 (0-86-573-3 ) Hold order released
k. governor at low setting

1. start circuit breakers on

m. protective relay pnl. breaker on

n. fuel pressure 30 psi

o. engine start

p. idle 10 minutes

q. engine speed (950-960 RPM)

r. generator voltage, volts engine speed (900 4 5 RPM) rpm

s. Logic bkr. on

t. engine speed (855-870 RPM)

u. engine speed (940-950 RPM)

v. speed 900 rpm

w. generator voltage volts

x. generator voltage (4900 + 50 volts) volts =

y. voltage 4,150
+Revision ,
Page 87 BF SI. 4..9.A.l.d 11/29/77 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
~Ste Initials-Date/Data +3.15 Governor and Voltage
s. Logic bkr. open aa. engine speed (450 + 10 RPM) rpm generator voltage volts
+3.16 Overspeed Trip Test
a. governor at lowest setting

b. fuel pressure 30 psi

c. Engine starts

d. engine speed 900 RPM

e. strobe reading 900

f. trip speed (1000 < trip pt < 1050).

g. Alarm comes in

h. stop pushbuttons depressed trip lever reset alarm reset
+3.17 Return to Operation
a. breakers on
'(1) exciter breaker (2) DC control breaker (125V dist. pnl)
(3) protective relay pnl breaker (4) alarm control breaker (5) DC control breaker (elect. cont. pnl) (6) AC control breaker +Revision
Page 88 BF SI 4.9.A.3..d 11/29/77 Data Sheet SZ 4.9.A.l.d (Continued)
~Ste initials-Date/Data +3 .17 Return to Operation (Continued)
a. breakers on (Continued)
(7) start circuit 1 breaker (8) start circuit 2 breaker (9) Logic breaker
+3.18 Acceptance Criteria
a. Acceptance criteria satisfied
+3.19 Shift engineer notified
+Devisio
Page 89 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d 4/14/76 SI 4.9.A.l.d DIESEL GENERATOR ANNUAL INSPECTION UNITS 1 and. 2 or UNIT 3 MECHANICAL I 1 1 The shift engineer shall be notified before beginning work on the diesel generator units. Z.'2 Hold. orders shall be issued. to the foreman or supervisor responsible for work activities requiring protection of equipment and personnel.
2. ,Precautions N.'3. Ear defenders shall be worn by personnel in the engine room when engine is started or running.
"2.2 Care shall be exercised to prevent fuel and lubrication oil spillage to minimi"e fire hazards.
r2;-3 If oil is spilled and it reaches the floor drain sump, the sump pumps must be shut down to prevent oil from being discharged to the storm sever system.
-~ocedure DENOTE: Verify results and record, data after each step, as appropriate, on data sheet. '.CAUTXON: ghen engine is started, verify that all air starters disengage from starter hand. Zf'he starters do not disengage, stop the engine and notify mechanical maintenance section.
3.1 Record hour reading from elapsed. time indicating meter. 3.2 Change engine lube oil per EMD engine manual, section 8, page 8-'f.
"3.3 Change engine lube oil strainer per EMD engine manual, section 8, page 8-7.
Page 90 BF SI 4.9.A.1.<1 11/16/76
3. Procedure (Continued) 3.4 Visua1ly and audibly inspect engine hydraulic exhaust valve adgusters.
Listen for any unnecessary noise of valve and hydraulic adjuster; also, look for smooth opening and closing of va1ves without bounce.
'3.5 Air intake filter and oil (1) visually inspect fil'ter and oil (2) drain water from oil reservoir and. record amount drained (3) check sludge and clean if 1 inch deep or more 3.6 Remove and clean crankcase effector assembly oil separator per EMD 'engine manual, section 8, pages 8 thru 10.
3.7 Perform M41-30, Diesel Air Starting System Piping, Valves, Accumula-tors, Comperssors and. Air Motors (Inspection, Maintenance, and Repairs) 3.8 Verify that all air starters have disengaged from the starter band. See "Caution" at, the beginning of this procedure.
*3.9 Change oil in the governor actuator. Verify oil level is normal. The oil must be visible in the'il level sight glass.
3.10 Notify shift engineer upon completion of this instruction. 3.11 Verify by signature and date on Data. Cover Sheet that the engine was inspected. in accordance with this instruction. ~
*Revision
1 'I
Standard. Practice Page 91 BF SI 4.9.A.l.d APPENDIX A 4/14/V6 DATA COVER SHEET SI 4.9.A.l.d Diesel Generator Annual Inspection Mechanical I UHIT Performed. By Date Machinist .'Vere cirteria satisfiedV Yes Ho If no, notify shift engineer. If no, was a Limiting Condition for Operation violated2 Yes (explain in remarks) Ho (explain in remarks) Verified by Shift Engineer Date Reason for test: Maintenance complete on Another system ( ) inoperable Required hy schedule Plant condition (explain) Other (explain) Results reviewed Date Mechanical Engineer Results Review and. A royal Cognizant Engineer Date Rescheduled QA Staff Date Remarks
Page 92 BF SI 4.9.A.1.(j 4/14/76 DATA SHEET SI 4.9.A.l.d DIESEL GENERATOR ANNUAL INSPECTION UNITS 1 AND 2 OR UNIT 3 MECHANICAL UNIT D/G NOTE: Step numbers correspond to numbers in the instruction. ate Initials/Date 3.1 Elapsed. time reading hr. 3.2 Lube oil changed. 3.3 Strainer changed 3.Q Cylinder Check with (M ) if hydraulic satisfactorv No. ad. usters are 10
) P h 0
Page 93 BF SI 4.9.A.1-'d 11/16/76 Data Sheet SI 4.9.A.l.d, (Continued) ate 3,4 (Continued) Cylinder Check with (u') if hydraulic Initials/Dat e po. ad usters are satisfacto 15 16 18 19 20 3e 5 Air intake filter and oil (1) satisfactory visually (2) water drained. amount (3) sludge checked Was it cleaned? 3.6 Crankcase eJector oil separator cleaned 3m 7 MHZ-30 ees performed 3.8) All air starters disengaged from starter band after engine started..'il
*3,9 changed, check to see that governor actuator oil is visible in the sight glass.
REMARKS:
Revision
'W' el'S C.
f I
~ V
( I I
]
) ( l ly}}

ML18283B550

Text

Reference:

Navigation menu

Search